Macro Viewpoints
A Cinema Rasik's View of Global Issues
Cinema Rasik

'Big Guy' vs. 'Short Guy' & the 'Little Master' - Are "educated" Indians Really That Different & Why?



Rick Santelli and Steve Liesman of CNBC are usually on opposite sides of monetary issues. Their disagreement is most intense when it comes to discussing whether the US Federal Reserve is doing the right thing for America. These conversations are a viewer favorite. So anchors like Joe Kernen sometimes set up a fight. This Wednesday, the fight got heated.

Rick Santelli ended one of his points with an emphatic 'Big Guy' directed at Steve Liesman. Santelli's use of 'Big Guy' may have packed a punch but Big Guy is never a derogatory term when used for a man. But Steve Liesman was so riled up that he said:
  • "so what I am supposed to say when you say Big Guy, am I supposed to say Short Guy, Is that what I am supposed to say?"
The reaction from CNBC co-anchors tells the tale. Becky Quick went "ohhhhh" and Joe Kernen exclaimed " Oh my God" and added "now I feel responsible". Get a sense yourself by watching the CNBC 'Big Guy' vs. 'Short Guy' videoclip for 30 seconds from minute 02:00 to minute 02:30. You will see what a shocker the term 'Short Guy' was to the CNBC anchors.

Now can you imagine the reaction had Liesman called Santelli 'Little Guy'?  There is no culture on earth in which calling a man "little" is anything but a put-down, a severe put-down. Sorry, no culture on earth with one solitary exception.

That solitary exception, of course, is that of 'educated' Indians. Why? Consider their favorite compliment to a great Indian - 'Little Master'.


The Little Master


The greatest Cricket player of this generation is India's Sachin Tendulkar. He holds just about every record in the book, including the previously unimaginable 100 centuries in International Test Cricket. In fact, Sachin Tendulkar is now regarded as the greatest batsman ever, even greater than the previous great Don Bradman of Australia who played in the 1930s-1940s. 

The respect for Sachin Tendulkar is probably best summed up by the following comment of Australian player Mathew Hayden during Australia's tour in India in 1998:
  • I have seen God. He bats at no. 4 in India in Tests.
So what term do 'educated' Indians use for India's great son? They call him the Little Master. Reportedly, this term was first used for Sachin Tendulkar by a British player. This was a left-handed compliment at best. In this early days, Sachin was derided for his short stature (5'5" height). Look at the comment made by Australian player Merv Hughes to the Australian great Allan Border in the 1991-1992 series:
  • This little prick's going to get more runs than you, AB.
Tendulkar is lucky that 'educated' Indians didn't begin calling him by the above nick name. Even they realized it was not a compliment. Or perhaps, a left-handed comment from an Australian doesn't count.

But a compliment, even a left-handed one, from an Englishman is totally different to 'educated' Indians.  The fact that an Englishman paid a "masterly" compliment to an Indian player was so thrilling to this tribe that they began calling Sachin Tendulkar the 'Little Master' themselves.

Don Bradman, the previous all time great, was also a short, compact player and he considered Tendulkar's batting style as similar to his own. But no Britisher ever called Bradman the Little Master and had they done so, no Australian would have tolerated that left-handed compliment.

But to 'educated' Indians, a compliment from an Englishman is the ultimate glory. So Sachin Tendulkar, the greatest batsman of all time, is stuck with a half-derogatory nick-name.


The 'educated' Indian species

Since childhood, we have been hearing admonitions to Indian men from teachers and elders:
  • you are 'educated' people, you shouldn't behave this way!
So what does this 'educated' title mean?
  • It means you have learned English, you have obtained a 'modern' English education and you are no longer a core Indian, one who mainly speaks an Indian language, one who works in Indian type businesses or occupations. 
So 'educated' Indians are supposed to 'talk English, walk English, laugh English*''. They have to keep flaunting their 'educated' status. They try desperately to speak English the way the British speak, they use British pronunciations for Indian names and above all, they try to disassociate themselves from activities of 'non-educated' Indians.

The 'educated' Indians will not use old Indian names that were changed by the British. And they will absolutely not use the names now being restored to their Indian origins. The 'educated' Indians will not use the old and now reestablished name Mumbai, for example. They insist on using the anglicized 'Bombay'. The name "Mumbai' to them is a name associated with the local Indian language, the language of the 'non-educated', of a class lower than themselves.

How stark is the difference? Just look at two daily print publications of the Times of India. One, Mumbai Mirror, has a shoddy, dark look and prints stories of local people. The other, Bombay Times, is bright, colorful, fashionable and mainly prints stories about the elite, the stars, fashionistas and the who's who of the city. Just one look at the front pages of Mumbai Mirror and Bombay Times tells you what 'educated' Indians think of the difference between Mumbai and Bombay.

The 'educated' Indians don't just look down on core Indians. They are also contemptuous of America and American way of speaking. We know people who still use the old line from My Fair Lady, "And in America, they haven't used it [English] for years'. These 'educated' Indians still speak the way the British spoke 50-60 years ago. Call an Indian call center and you will hear old British phrases like "we will do the needful", or "we will revert back to you". The 'educated' Indians look down on American directness, and call American style as "crude" meaning too blunt, too direct and without class.

But the most visible symbol of their slavish devotion to the British way of speaking is their pronunciation of Sanskrut words. When they speak in Indian languages, they pronounce revered names the right way, "Ram", "Shankar", "MahaBharat". But when 'educated' Indians say the same names in English, they use the feminized English versions, "Rama", "Shankara" or "MahaBharata".

But this is restricted to Hindu names only. Just try calling CNN's Zakaria as Fareeda on his show instead of Fareed and see his reaction. Call a Christian in India as Carla instead of Carl, or Roberta instead of Robert and see their nasty reactions. But Hindus happily call themselves in the feminized versions of their names, happily because they are speaking the way the British did.

There is enough historical evidence to demonstrate that the British deliberately and persistently tried to emasculate Hindus to minimize the only threat to British rule. Converting masculine Hindu names to feminized versions was one easy way to emasculate Hindus. The other was the constant exhortation to 'educated' Indians to not behave like ordinary Indians, but to emulate the British ways.

So Sachin Tendulkar is lucky. Being called the Little Master by the British is so much better than being called "Sachina".


Today's "educated" Indians - just like their ancestor class?

Many of our relatives and friends are 'educated' Indians. They are nice people. They have done well economically and socially by hiding their pride within their homes while acting 'educated' in their business and external lives. Frankly, acting 'educated' is the ticket to social respect in Indian society today. We don't blame them because frankly, they are doing what their ancestors did during the past 1,000 years or so.
 
The reality is that Indian states, barring a couple of exceptions, have no history or even any conscious memory of being victorious, or of conquest of another culture. So they cannot inspire themselves in any fight, in any struggle by remembering an Indian victory.  Northwestern India was first subjugated by Afghan Muslim invaders in the 10th century. Delhi and much of North India was conquered in the 12th century. The rest of north India was conquered and invaded in the late 13th century. The Mogul rule began in the 15th century, the British rule in the late 18th century.

All these invaders conquered India in the same way, one local kingdom at a time. The invaders were always single-minded in their purpose. But they could never rule India themselves. They were too small in number and the Indian population was too large. So they co-opted a class of Indians, bright Indians who could learn the invader's language and customs. These 'educated' Indians were then made into an elite class who would help the invaders rule the rest of Indian society.

Those classes of 'educated' Indians learned Persian and helped the invading dynasties to rule India. In the Mogul rule, they learned Urdu & Persian and helped Mogul rulers in administering India. The "Persian-educated' or "Urdu-educated' Indians behaved much like 'English-educated' Indians behaved during the British rule. 

Strangely, this remains true even after 60 plus years of Indian independence. Not so strange, when you realize that 'educated' Indians still administer India. They simply have no understanding of a fight, no inner memory of victory. This is why most Indian prime ministers have always tried to surrender territory for hopes of peace. This is why every single Indian prime minister has given up territory won by the Indian military. This is why no Indian prime minister has ever tried to add territory to India, even territory that was previously seized from India. This is why no Indian prime minister has ever tried to build a dominant Indian military.

This is why India still does not have a concrete counter-terrorism plan. This is why, despite so many terrorist attacks, India has not built a national anti-terrorism group. This is because such thinking is utterly foreign to 'educated' Indians, just as it has been to foreign to their ancestors for the past 1,000 years. This is why the entire world considers India a sissy country.

This is why they are so happy to hear Englishmen praise their greatest cricket hero as the "Little Master".  So Rick Santelli should be glad he is not in India. There, an 'educated' Steve Liesman would have called him 'Little Guy'  or even Ricka Santelli.



Note:*

  • Watch the short clip below (with English subtitles), a parody of a job interview of a core Indian pretending to be 'educated'. This is the origin of the cult phrase "I can talk English, I can walk English, I can laugh English".


  • Like all other cultures, Core Indians know that Little or Chote is not a compliment. This was amply demonstrated in a risque (just conversation, folks) videoclip of Katrina Kaif & Gulshan Grover from the film Boom. This was way before Ms. Kaif became a super star. The clip is a bit too risque for this Blog. Those who want to see it can search for it on YouTube. 



Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter


Interesting Videoclips of the Week (April 9 - April 14, 2012)

 

Editor's Note:  In this series of articles, we include important or interesting videoclips with our comments. This is an article that expresses our personal opinions about comments made on Television and in Print. It is NOT intended to provide any investment advice of any type whatsoever.  No one should base any investing decisions or conclusions based on anything written in or inferred from this article. Investing is a serious matter and all investment decisions should only be taken after a detailed discussion with your investment advisor and should be subject to your objectives, suitability requirements and risk tolerances.



The Other Shoe Falls

Last week, the reality of the US Economy crashed into the perception of strong self-sustaining growth for the rest of the year. The Jobless Claims also came in weaker this Thursday. But no one cared on Thursday because of optimism about China's GDP rising by 9%. Thursday was a big risk-on day with the Dow rallying by 181 points. Metals, Financials and Technology all roared.

China's GDP growth did surprise but on the downside. It came in at 8.1%, down from 8.9% in Q4 2011. The Dow fell by 137 points. And Metals, Technology and Financials all cratered. That was not just because of China. So-so earnings from Google & JP Morgan didn't help.

What's happening in China is extremely important to global markets. And we just don't mean the Bo Xi Lai saga, though that is really interesting and potentially critical to China's leadership transition. What's happening to the economy is much more relevant in the near term. This week, we heard from three investors with extensive China expertise or experience:
  • Mark Mobius (clip 2 below) - China is looking at 7.5%. That's their target. They may not reach that target. It may be more than that. They are having difficulty slowing down the economy.
  • Jim Chanos (clip 4 below) - If they say growth is going to be 8%, I can assure you it's going to be 8% or 8.1 or 8.2...But the reality is in all things we are looking at, the property sales, cement prices, steel crisis, power consumption - it appears it's slowing faster
  • Donald Straszheim (clip 3 below) - I think it's [China's growth] going to be more flat. in fact, lower second quarter than first quarter. And the reason is that China's problems are not primarily cyclical, they are much more secular, structural and you don't fix those problems in a month or a week or a quarter....I think the export problem is a bigger problem for China than is the housing. It's going to get fixed. but China is not as competitive as it used to be in terms of exports. Japan, America, Europe, three big developed markets for China's exports -- they're not terrible, but they're not great and China's trade surplus is already coming down and it's going to go down more.
Gary Shilling reiterated his "hard landing" scenario for China (see clip 1 below). Andy Busch of BMO Capital was explicitly negative:
  • They can't control the downward motion in their economy...

2. The real Other Shoe!

Though we feature China-related clips this week, the real other shoe is Europe. And it began falling faster this week. This time it is Spain. Just 3-4 months ago, the Euro-Troika poured in the equivalent of French GDP to stabilize Europe financially. Now it seems to be coming apart again. We will see what happens next Thursday, when they auction off the Spanish 10-year. That auction may go well if only because the ECB goes in and buys as indicated by Benoit Coeure, an ECB executive board member.

But that band-aid may not last because the underlying economy in Spain seems to be  falling faster than was expected, or "another Greece" as Rebecca Patterson of JP Morgan put it on CNBC Money in Motion on Friday. Her colleague Andy Busch said of the Spanish budget, "basically, it is pretty much a disaster". Sean Egan of ratings firm Egan-Jones was pretty clear in his comments on the same Money in Motion show:
  • Egan - ... we think Italy, Spain and Portugal are going to be under a lot of pressure and we don't think it is going to look very pretty in the upcoming auction.....
  • Busch - do you something like Greece development in Spain? They have like 22-23% unemployment. It looks like it is ready to go this summer.
  • Egan - Absolutely. Bear in mind, most revolts happen in July. Think of Bastille day, think of July 4th. Think of the Arab spring. It is much warmer in the Arab countries in the spring. So this summer is going to be very interesting...when people can't pay for food, they are going to go to the streets, when unemployment in the area of 23% in Spain, you are going to see a lot of people protesting.
  • Egan - ... the banks and governments in southern EU are linked, are joined at the hip and both of them are weak, so we expect a number of downgrades in the next couple of months..
So the US Economy is the only major economy looking somewhat OK. That is why last week's Non-Farm Payroll number was such a shocker to the markets.


3. U.S. Stock Market and U.S. Treasuries


The most succinct expression of the past couple of weeks came was tweeted by Keith McCullough of HedgeEye on Friday:
  • People who told you to short Treasuries and buy Equities in mid-late March need a ......
The 10-Year Treasury note closed at 1.99%, a hair below 2%. Jeff Kilburg of Treasurycurve.com, the stalwart and committed bull, reiterated his 1.67% target for the 10-Year Yield. Gary Shilling of course has a lower target of 1.5% for the 10-year yield and 2.5% for the 30-year yield. The 30-Year Treasury yield close on Friday at 3.13%. So 2.5% would mean a juicy capital gain indeed.

Lawrence McMillan of Option Strategist wrote on Friday morning:
  • The violation of the 1390 support level this week turned the $SPX chart negative. something quite serious, but it if holds, that would be bullish..... The heavy selling early this week pushed breadth indicators to an extreme oversold condition. They are now on buy signals....The recent two-day rally is just a pullback to the resistance area at 1390. Any further rally will need to be based on more than an oversold condition. An $SPX close above 1400 would be bullish.
Next week should be an interesting week, with earnings from major bell-weathers like Goldman Sachs, IBM, Intel, Coca Cola, GE, Schlumberger, to name a few. Sometimes, a stock market that is weak going into major earnings can rally steeply upon positive earnings surprises from such bell-weathers, especially during an options expiration week. Add to that a better than expected Spanish auction on Thursday and we could see some fireworks next week.


4. Emerging Markets & Fund Flows

Mark Mobius of Templeton Emerging Markets group is as bullish on emerging markets as ever. His best candidate is Russia, followed by China (see clip 2 below). Could he be right? Will investors fly from Europe, US and possibly China into smaller emerging markets?

Michael Hartnett of BAC-Merrill Lynch doesn't see that. In his report titled A Week of Risk Capitulation, Mr. Hartnett wrote:
  • Biggest outflows of 2012 for equities and commodities; first outflows of 2012 for High Yield and EM debt funds....In contrast, inflows to Treasuries (largest since August 2011) and Investment Grade bonds...
  • EM equities see biggest outflows ($0.9bn) since Dec'11 (dragged down by big $0.3bn outflows from China)...$6.5bn outflows from US equities (mostly via SPY and DJIA ETF), Chunky outflows from Europe ($1.2bn) for third straight week.
But, in case you wondered, these "Redemptions not large enough or sustained enough to provoke buy-signals from our [Hartnett's] flow trading rule".



Featured Videoclips:
  1. Gary Shilling on BTV Street Smart on Wednesday, April 11
  2. Mark Mobius on CNBC Squawk Box on Wednesday, April 11
  3. Donald Straszheim on CNBC Street Signs on Friday, April 13
  4. Jim Chanos on CNBC Squawk Box on Thursday, April 12
  5. Robert Prechter with FBN's Neil Cavuto on Monday, April 10


1. S&P 500 Will Drop 43% this year - Gary Shilling on BTV Street Smart
(04:03 minute clip) - Wednesday, April 11

A. Gary Shilling has been one of the best forecasters for the past few years. Just search for Gary Shilling in the Title & Comments section in this Blog's advanced Search function and read his previous forecasts.

Dr. Shilling is bullish on 30-Year Treasuries and on the U.S. Dollar while he is short stocks and commodities. This fits with his call for deleveraging for the next few years. We thank Bloomberg TV PR for the excellent summary below.

Shilling on his report that the S&P will drop 43% from its recent level:

  • "The analysts have been cranking their numbers down. They started off north of 110 then 105.  They are now 102. They are moving in my direction. I think that is true because you have foreign earnings that don't look good because of recession unfolding in Europe, stronger dollar, so they are translation losses. A hard landing in China. In the U.S., we could see a moderate recession led by consumer retrenchment. I think that that kind of earnings estimate is not unreasonable…it's a quartet, [I am] long treasuries, short stocks, short commodities and long the dollar."

Shilling on the U.S. economy:

  • "The story is that there is nothing else except consumers that can really hype the U.S. economy. Consumers have been on a mini spending spree in terms of not keeping up. Incomes have simply not kept up.  Of course, the real key behind that is employment. It looked earlier like jobs were picking up and that was going to provide the income and people would spend it, so on, so forth. But the employment report that we got last week throws cold water on that. Consumers have a lot of reasons to save as opposed to spend. They need to rebuild their assets, save for retirement. A lot of reasons suggest that they should be saving to work down debt as opposed to going the other way, which they have done in recent months. So if consumers retrench, there is not really anything else in the U.S. economy that can hold things up."

On whether investors will come back to the U.S. market if the situation in Europe gets worse:

  • "Sure, we are the best of the bad lot. We're the best horse in the glue factory. The U.S., it certainly looks better than China or Europe or certainly Japan. But, I'm not sure that that means that people go into stocks. Cash, although it does not pay anything, is an alternative. My 30-year favorite long Treasury bonds, I we're headed for 2.5% there. They have come down from 3.2 to 3.0 recently. Of course the 10-year now has broke 2% again.  I think there is still life there in terms of appreciation…I think that one and a half is possible on the 10-year."

  • "I think 1.5 is possible on the 10-year.  I have to tell you, all the way down, when I got interested in 30-year bonds it was in 1981, the yield was 15.21. All the way down in yields, all the way up in price, everyone has said, rates cannot go lower, they will go up, they will go up. They have been saying that for 30 years."
How does Dr. Shilling get to a 43% drop in the S&P? He explains in his Bloomberg Views column:
  • In conjunction with a major recession in Europe, a hard landing in China and foreign-earnings translation losses caused by a rising dollar, the operating earnings of S&P 500 companies could drop to $80 per share this year, compared with Wall Street analysts’ expectations of $104. That would almost guarantee a major bear market with a likely price-earnings ratio low of about 10. This implies that the S&P 500 index (SPX) would be around 800, a 43 percent drop from its recent level.


2. Best Opportunity - Russia and then China - Mark Mobius on CNBC Squawk Box (05:18 minute clip) - Wednesday, April 11

Mark Mobius of Templeton Emerging Markets Group is probably the most well known EM investor. Here he speaks with CNBC's Becky Quick. As you see, Mr. Mobius makes the perma-bulls on the U.S. stock market seem like worry warts.
  • Quick - there have been all kinds of questions as to whether this spring will follow last spring's pattern, whether this is a tipping point. 
  • Mobius - I think we're in good shape. Emerging markets have outperformed other markets since the beginning of this year, so I think we're in pretty good shape. China is looking at 7.5%. That's their target. They may not reach that target. It may be more than that. They are having difficulty slowing down the economy. Emerging markets are generally growing to go on the average of 5%. We are getting pretty fast growth and the earnings being of course, are going to come through as result of that.
  • Quick - do you think the emerging markets are going to perform well despite what happens in the developing (?)  markets or will they get a boost from what happens there as well?
  • Mobius - I think they are going to perform well in spite of, mainly because of the key factors. one, of course, is growth, secondly is foreign reserves, much greater than developed countries and, third, debt to gdp levels, much lower. So all of these factors add up to a very positive picture generally.
  • Quick - ... the central banks that we've watched around the globe, they have obviously changed the scenario for the last four years. At this point we're starting to see that it's the end of quantitative easing. If that's the case, what's the impact on the emerging markets?
  • Mobius - well, the end of quantitative easing would not be a problem. It's if they decide to contract. in other words, decide to take money off the table, in other words, reduce the amount of money in circulation. then that would be a problem for everybody because, of course, there won't be enough money to move into the equities and bonds and other investments around the world. I doubt if that will happen, though.
  • Quick - you don't think that will happen? you think this will be a wait and see year?
  • Mobius - I think more than that. I think Bernanke ...still has got his foot on the pedal and wants to make sure that the unemployment comes down and that's true of other countries around the world. The Europeans, Japanese, Chinese, they still want to see good growth although they are cautious about inflation.
  • Quick - if you had to pick one market of the emerging markets, where do you think the best performer is going to be?
  • Mobius - probably in Russia, because Russia has been beaten down, has not really performed that well. The valuations are very good. The political picture is getting better. So I might pick Russia and then China after that. Because the Chinese are now talking about boosting the A-share market to get money into the hands of the small investors in China. That will feed back into the Hong Kong H-share and the Red Chips.
  • Quick - What about South East Asia? I thought you were looking at those markets as potentially strong ones. Is it hard to argue about some of the growth there?
  • Mobius - I just came back from Indonesia and Thailand. They are both doing very very well. Thailand of course has outperformed already and so I can't expect a lot more. But still they are going to do very well. Indonesia has also done very very well. You can expect more but not the kind of spectacular growth you can expect in countries where the market has been beaten down.
  • Quick - You are concerned may be potentially going to happen in Singapore. May be they are tied a little more to Europe?
  • Mobius - The interesting thing about Singapore is that they are getting a big flow of money coming in. Because a lot of wealthy people in the world don't want to put their money in Switzerland because of US tax problems, and they are moving to Singapore. So they are getting the benefit of these problems in Europe and elsewhere. Also don't forget now that Singapore has got those two huge casinos and they have been attracting a lot of tourism. So things are really humming in Singapore.
For the past couple of years, there has been an exodus of sorts going on from Switzerland to Singapore. Investors who worry about holding their physical gold in Swiss Banks are moving it to new facilities established in Singapore. Actually, not IN Singapore. These vaults are in a special zone and you can be taken fast from the airport transit lounge directly to the vaults WITHOUT entering Singapore. So no immigration records, no passport stamps for investors. Just complete and total discretion. Smart, very smart.

Also the Swiss Private Banks are opening up offices in Singapore to serve their clients as their assets migrate there. We keep hearing of graduates from US Schools finding jobs at these Swiss Banks in Singapore, especially students of Asian origin.


3. Secular drop from 10% growth to 7% growth - Donald Straszheim on CNBC Street Signs
- Friday, April 13
 
Donald Straszheim is the senior managing director of China research at the ISI group. Mr. Straszheim is respected as an "old China-hand", old signifying the Asian sense of deep experience. His is a sane voice and we always listen when he speaks. Here he speaks with Brian Sullivan (@Sully) and Kelly Evans of CNBC.
  • Sully - Should we be spooked Don with an 8% GDP number for China?
  • Straszheim - Brian, I don't think so.  8% is a sustainable number.  People just need to understand that the 10% that China has recorded in real GDP for the last 20 years is history. We're not going back to 10%. but 7% or 8% is still strong. It will continue to give very nice real per capita income gains to all the Chinese workers and people ought to relax.
  • Evans - Don, do you think china's bottoming in the first quarter with regards to its growth rate? I think you guys still you have a below census outlook for the rest of the year. 
  • Straszheim - right. we've had that below census outlook for the last six months or so and we still do. The difference between our forecast & the consensus is - the consensus thinks it's first quarter down and second, third, fourth quarter up. I think it's going to be more flat. in fact, lower second quarter than first quarter. And the reason is that China's problems are not primarily cyclical, they are much more secular, structural and you don't fix those problems in a month or a week or a quarter. They take years instead.
  • Evans - That doesn't sound so reassuring.
  • Straszheim - Well, I think we'll continue to have growth something like the 7% range for the next five years. I'll tell you that there's 500 million people in China who have made 8% a year per capita real income gains for 25 years in a row - 1.08 to the 25th power is a pretty good career for 25 years. And 1.08 plus another 1.07 is a good 26-year career.
  • Straszheim - the biggest problem in China is the basic structural imbalance, the overhang of houses for the upper half of the income distribution. that so-called commodity housing. that's going to be very weak. those starts will go from 15 million in 2011 to about 5 million, count them, 5 million, down 67% in 2012. 
  • Evans - wow. that's a big decline. it is. and it explains why you're cautious about exports and that being a problem with a lot happening in the Eurozone.
  • Straszheim - I think the export problem is a bigger problem for china than is the housing. it's going to get fixed. but china is not as competitive as it used to be in terms of exports. Japan, America, Europe, three big developed markets for China's exports -- they're not terrible, but they're not great. and China's trade surplus is already coming down and it's going to go down more.
  • Sully - bottom line, very quickly for us, Don, are either the A- shares in shanghai or H-shares in Hong Kong undervalued or overvalued?
  • Straszheim - I think they are undervalued. You've got decent growth, no hard landing. inflation down, more to come. interest rate cuts, reserve ratio cuts. monetary policy easing. some fiscal stimulus coming. PEs that are maybe at 12 versus an average of 27. that says by and large more positives than negatives for China equities.

Now we go from the above it's not that bad outlook to a really bearish it's slowing faster outlook. 


4. China - It's Slowing Faster - Jim Chanos on CNBC Squawk Box - Thursday, April 12

Jim Chanos, founder of Kynikos Associates, has been the leading skeptic on China, at least in America. This week he was received warmly by CNBC's Joe Kernen because Chanos is now recognized for being early and probably right on China. Unlike many others, Mr. Chanos gets to his opinions from the micro rather than from top-down macro. The most important point he makes is that it's slowing faster.
  • Chanos - They sent a young trader to death the other day for misappropriating money saying she was going to buy property and she traded Gold with it and they sentenced her to death....and they are looking for her husband. She has to serve 2 years in prison before they shoot her.
  • Kernen - it's going to be the slowest growth in a while but they wanted it to slow down...  but what's it mean? are they orchestrating a soft landing?
  • Chanos - they are trying desperately to still cool the property sector. But that has its own problems as we know. If they say growth is going to be 8%, I can assure you it's going to be 8% or 8.1 or 8.2...But the reality is in all things we are looking at,  the property sales, cement prices, steel crisis, power consumption - it appears it's slowing faster.
  • Chanos - In China, the banks are arms of state policy...they loan because the regional party official tells them we need a new stadium, we have an empty stadium over here, it doesn't matter. you make the loan. they're instruments of state policy. I really doubt that the party is going to give up a lever power by breaking up the banks....
  • Sorkin - ..they're ultimately going to be protected by the government.
  • Chanos - that doesn't mean the western shareholders are going to do well. in fact, you are the actual arm with which they're raising capital to recapitalize. See Petrobras, see Pemex. we are going to welcome in outside minority investors and by the way, we're going to keep tapping you over and over and over again.
  • Chanos - they are really on a knife's edge because...they can't quite keep the technology genie in the bottle...the great firewall is increasingly porous. we saw that last year with some of the regional disturbances, people were reporting real time on the ground before they could shut them down. This is new for China. So they don't have complete control over the media as they used to. In this day and age tipping points can be reached very quickly in society in the wrong set of circumstances.
  • Chanosno. I would be long the Chinese communist party. no, this is all financial and economic, not political.....they welcome open criticism on financial matters, but not political. 


5. Rolling Over Into Deflationary Environment - Rob Prechter with FBN's Neil Cavuto (03:16 minute clip) - Tuesday, April 10

Robert Prechter, the guru of Elliot Wave, appeared with Neil Cavuto of Fox Business this week. He repeated what he has been saying for awhile.
  • Prechter - You have the sentiment, momentum measures, the Elliot Wave structure all in gear and I don't like to bet against it...One thing people tend to forget, the market has only been down 5 trading days but the Dow wiped out 2&1/2 months of gains. It goes down faster than it goes up.
  • Cavuto - There was a weird spot of a bright spot in all of this, depending on your point of view...the 10-year note went under 2%, that could be a reflection of the environment here where things look like they are slowing down..what do you make of that and what does it portend when interest rates slide, the stocks slide, what does that usually bring?
  • Prechter - well, I have been saying for quite awhile that we are rolling over into a deflationary environment and the two big areas that are reflecting that are real-estate, still down 45%, and interest rates on pristine debt are very very low as you just pointed out.....we had a big rally in commodities which topped last year, they are down almost 19% from there..we have markets in gear for that trend...
  • Cavuto - when you have a deflationary environment, what is a good investment in that environment? You just have cash under your mattress, what?
  • Prechter - that's the word, Cash.
  • Cavuto - How long do you play that cash game?
  • Prechter - well, as long as all the indicators switch to the other side...we are looking for a major low a couple of years out, and in the meantime, you just have to keep your powder dry...
 
We don't understand the Cash argument. History shows that in a deflationary environment, the best asset is long duration pristine sovereign debt - in America's case the 30-Year Treasury Bond or the 30-Year Zero Coupon Treasury Strip. Look at what has worked best in the deflationary environment in Japan that has lasted more than 20 years - long duration JGBs. So we don't get the cash argument made by Mr. Prechter.


Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter




Now Nicolas Kristof - Another Example of Ingrained Anti-Hindu Bias at the New York Times?



When the rights of common Europeans were suppressed under centuries of royal rule, when the people of every European country remained impoverished while the royalty and aristocracy lived in opulence, it was France that lit the torch of Liberty Equality & Fraternity. France deserves a place of pride among nations for the non-conformism and the wisdom of its philosophers, its thinkers and its mathematicians. Descartes, Montaigne, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Cauchy, Fermat, Galois, LeGrange, Pascal are names any country would be proud of.

But despite this wisdom, this non-conformist spirit, this deep allegiance to the good in humankind, one corner of the French soul has remained dark, even to this day. We read about it in French writings, we hear of it from the experiences of affected Frenchmen and Frenchwomen. French society still retains its discomfort, some would say prejudice about Jews. Before the recent self-destruction of his public stature, Dominique Strauss-Kahn was reasonably open about his hurt about his treatment because of his religion.

We thought of this when we read the Test Your Savvy on Religion article by Nicolas Kristof in the New York Times. This old article was brought to our notice this week by a tweet from a national Television Anchor who called it "fantastic". So we read it. Unfortunately our reaction was markedly different.

The New York Times is an excellent paper. We read it because it has several superb journalists who deliver insight, analysis as well as news. We tend to quote from NYT far more than from any other newspaper. But like in France, we detect a dark corner in the proverbial soul of the New York Times, a deep, ingrained bias that exhibits itself from time to time. We are not sure this exhibition is deliberate. We think the bias is so ingrained, so deeply embedded in NYT's psyche that it's exhibition has become subconscious. This is the bias against Hindu Ethos, against Hinduism at the New York Times.


The Test Your Religion Quiz of Nicholas Kristof


We see that in the Religion quiz of Nicolas Kristof. This is a quiz intended to convince you that Islam is neither more fundamentalist nor more extreme than other "major religions" of the world. By that he seems to mean Christianity, Hinduism, Islam and Judaism (in our alphabetically chronological order).
  • First, we abhor the concept of "major religions". Use of terms like "major religions" is tantamount to using terms like "major" or "master" races that was common in certain parts of Europe in the 1930s or among European colonialists in Africa, Asia and Latin America.
  • Secondly, we fail to understand why Mr. Kristof did not include Buddhism (4th largest) and Sikhism (5th largest) among "major" religions. These are both larger than Judaism in terms of followers. So either Mr. Kristof demonstrated his own lack of savvy about religion or exhibited his inner religious prejudices.
We understand Mr. Kristof's objective. It is intended to teach his readers to not get swept in the "current uproar about Islam".  That is laudable. Unfortunately, in his attempt to be positive about Islam, Mr. Kristof manufactured a false label, a wanton tie-in to defame Hinduism. Read the 3rd question from Mr. Kristof's quiz:
  • "3. The terrorists who pioneered the suicide vest in modern times, and the use of women in terror attacks, were affiliated with which major religion?
    • a. Islam
    • b. Christianity
    • c. Hinduism"
Mr. Kristof's answer is:
  • "3. c. Most early suicide bombings were by Tamil Hindus (some secular) in Sri Lanka and India."
We looked up the above link provided by Mr. Kristof to support his tie-in of Lankan Tamils to Hinduism. It is the FBI (Federal Bureau of Investigation) article titled Taming the Tamil Tigers. We read it carefully and we urge all readers to read it thoroughly. You will NOT find the words "Hindu" or "Hinduism" mentioned in the FBI article. The FBI article carefully and correctly describes the conflict as an ethnic (& secular) conflict:
  • "Its ultimate goal: to seize control of the country from the Sinhalese ethnic majority and create an independent Tamil state."
Mr. Kristof deliberately and wantonly ignored the reality and manufactured a Tamil Tiger "affiliation" to Hinduism to fit the goal of his article. His parenthetical "some secular" disclaimer actually adds insult to the deliberate injury he inflicts.

In contrast, Mr. Kristof does not mention Hinduism when he should. The central message of Hinduism is tolerance and the equality of all religious paths in achieving salvation. You don't have to go far and deep to discover this. Bhagwan Shree Krishna states it categorically in the Bhagwat-Geeta, literally the Words of God, the most widely read text in Hinduism.

But the mention of Shree Krishna is conspicuously absent in Kristof's question number 8:
  • "8. Which religious figure preaches tolerance by suggesting that God looks after all peoples and leads them all to their promised lands?
    • a. Muhammad
    • b. Amos
    • c. Jesus"
But Hinduism is included in a negative question, the very 1st one:
  • "1. Which holy book stipulates that a girl who does not bleed on her wedding night should be stoned to death?
    • a. Koran
    • b. Old Testament
    • c. (Hindu) Upanishads"

We can perhaps charitably attribute Mr. Kristof's choices in questions 1 and 8 to ignorance about Hinduism. But there is no question in our mind that Mr. Kristof deliberately and wantonly manufactured an "affiliation" to Hinduism in question 3.

In our opinion, Mr. Kristof's action is utterly reprehensible and we throw a flag at him for flagrantly foul journalistic misconduct.

Sideswiping Hinduism - A New York Times Practice?

Frankly, there was no need for Mr. Kristof to include Hinduism in his quiz at all. His article is addressed mainly to an American audience that, according to him, has been subjected to the "current uproar about Islam". So questions about Christianity and Judaism should have sufficed. Both Mr. Kristof and his readers are far more conversant about tenets of Christianity and Judaism than they are about Hinduism. 

It is a journalistic practice to highlight what you want to praise by contrasting it with something negative. Sometimes when you can't find anything negative, you manufacture it. That is how Hinduism tends to be be used in the New York Times.

Several months ago, in a nice positive article about the Holy Golden Temple in Amritsar, Lydia Polgreen of the New York Times gratuitously sideswiped Hinduism. It was an article about Sikhs and there was no need, no need whatsoever to even mention Hinduism. Yet, Ms. Polgreen couldn't resist the temptation to insert a defamatory line in her article about Hinduism. (for more detailed analysis, read our article Why Does a Nice Positive Article in the New York Times Carry a Deep Bias Against Indian Dharma?)

We use the verb "sideswiped" to illustrate our meaning. Imagine driving a car in the dead of night on a solitary road without any traffic. You see someone walking down the road ahead of you. There is no one else around. You simply drive closer to the pedestrian and sideswipe him for no reason except that you can do so without any fear of getting caught. You would only do this if you have no respect whatsoever for the life or well-being of that pedestrian and if you have a dark corner in your heart.

This is exactly what Nicolas Kristof did to Hinduism in his Religion quiz above and what Lydia Polgreen did in her article in September 2010. Hinduism is an easy victim. There is no organized religious structure and Hindus are complacent people used to religious persecution for the past 1,200 years. And the New York Times editors seem to have no respect for Hinduism judging from the frequency of anti-Hindu bias in NYT articles.

Directed comments against Hindu Ethos in the NYT

NYT articles don't stop at sideswiping Hinduism. Sometimes, they get very blatant. Let us give you a couple of examples from India Ink, the India-portal of the New York Times.

  • Remember the worldwide Muslim riots because of Danish cartoons about Prophet Mohammed? Compare that coverage to the case of the famous Indian Muslim painter. He never painted anything that would hurt Muslim beliefs or feelings. His particular fetish was to paint nude paintings of revered Hindu Goddesses, the images that are deeply revered in virtually every Hindu household. The NYT writers saw nothing wrong or weird about this setup. Instead, the NYT writers blamed the Hindus who protested the painter's actions.
  • This February, a couple of NYT-India-Ink writers condemned the painter's Hindu critics as hardline Hindu zealots. The writers took this opportunity in the midst of their anguished coverage about the inability of Salman Rushdie (because of Muslim protests) to speak at an Indian conference.
  • So in an article about protests by religious Muslims against a Muslim Salman Rushdie, NYT's India Ink writers found a way to insert one line heaping scorn on "hardline" Hindus simply because they were against nude paintings of Hindu revered figures. Yes, we kid you not. This actually happened at the New York Times India Ink group. Some rational NYT editor presumably saw this and removed this offensive statement from the web-edition the next day.
  • Earlier this year, Muslim clerics in New Delhi issued a fatwa forbidding young Muslim girls from wearing lipstick and other beauty-enhancing cosmetics. NYT's India Ink remained conspicuously silent. In contrast, on this past Valentine's day, a NYT India Ink writer used the label "Hindu Extremists" when describing the lack of protests against Valentine Day celebrations. In other words, some Hindus were labeled as "extremists" in the New York Times when they didn't even protest while Muslim Clerics avoided such labels or any coverage even when they issued fatwas against lipstick!

These are just examples from February of this year.  We sometimes get tired of noticing such behavior and writing about it. But the NYT writers don't stop. They must be avatars of an anti-Hindu energizer bunny.

Reaching out to the New York Times

Earlier this year, we contacted Heather Timmons of NYT's India Ink and India Bureau, to ask if she would meet with us on an informal, off-the-record basis. We also made the same request of one of her colleagues. Ms. Timmons did not even bother to respond to our email. Her colleague pleaded difficulty due to a heavy travel schedule. 

So we reach out today to Ms. Jill Abramson, the executive editor of the New York Times. We are virtually neighbors, Ms. Abramson and fellow residents of the greatest city in the world that is a bastion of humane liberal thinking. Would you be willing to meet with us to exchange views? We simply don't understand how a great paper like yours can exhibit the bias that we see in it. Or should we simply be resigned to our "Hindu" treatment from your writers? 

Mr. Kristof, we appeal to you as well. What we have written about your article is what we perceive in your article. If you think we are wrong, please tell us candidly. We take criticism well. You can tell us privately or publicly. We commit to publish any on the record response from you.


Editor's Note: Below are our previous articles about the anti-Hindu bias at the New York Times:



Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com or @MacroViewpoints on Twitter

Interesting Videoclips of the Week (April 2 - April 4, 2012)


Editor's Note:  In this series of articles, we include important or interesting videoclips with our comments. This is an article that expresses our personal opinions about comments made on Television and in Print. It is NOT intended to provide any investment advice of any type whatsoever.  No one should base any investing decisions or conclusions based on anything written in or inferred from this article. Investing is a serious matter and all investment decisions should only be taken after a detailed discussion with your investment advisor and should be subject to your objectives, suitability requirements and risk tolerances.



1. Perception Crashes Into Reality

The Non-Farm Payroll report landed with a thud on Friday morning. The much-ballyhooed recovery added only 120,000 jobs in March. The unemployment rate came in at 8.2% only because about 160,000 people left the workforce. The Household survey actually showed a decline, meaning jobs were lost in March. Our title is a paraphrase of "Rosie's" decidedly un-rosy comments on Bloomberg TV ("BTV") last week (see clip 2 of March 26 - March 30 Videoclips). What did David Rosenberg predict last week?
  • "I actually think we are going into the 2nd Quarter with the economy on the down escalator in terms of momentum...people are going to be surprised how soft the economy is going to be for the next several months..."
Another perception that met reality was the conviction that the Fed is done with QE measures. This view quickly achieved a quasi-religious fervor this week with traded places anchors Brian Sullivan (CNBC, ex-BTV) and Trish Regan (BTV, ex-CNBC) leading the emotional, high-decibel charge. CNBC's Steve Liesman probably sealed the local 'extremum' of this thought with his tweet on Wednesday morning:
  • Hope Twitter friends follow the CNBC Fed Survey earlier this month. We reported probability of QE3 declined to 33% to 48%.
We tweeted back our "is this a local minimum for QE-expectations?" question to our Comrade Steve. But Professor Liesman did not deign to respond. One expert who did respond to the End-QE movement was the Bond King, Bill Gross. In what we think is his most quotable and most useful interview in a long time, Bill Gross said (see clip 1 below):
  • they [Fed] have to keep going if they expect equity markets to lie at this level
  • economic recovery which in of itself has come through Fed and other Central Banks' check writing
  • is there a put, a Bernanke put? is there a Draghi put? There definitely is. 
But Bill Gross characterized US Treasuries among "bad bonds that go to the central banks to die".  He  seems set to repeat his 2011 mistake:
  • "The 10-years, the 30-years, basically no one would buy at these types of levels and so we are operating in a subset of markets where 10 -year yield at 2.25% and a 30-year yield at 3.35 is a subsidized level and who would buy them unless the Fed buys them..not too many buyers I don't think."
Well, there was no shortage of buyers on Friday morning when Rosenberg's reality met FinTV perceptions. As CNBC's main man Rick Santelli told Becky Quick on Friday morning:
  • I think the wild card is actually how much closer to 2% we get the ten-year, which is now at 2.08%.
On Friday, the 30-Year T-Bond closed up more than 2% in price to yield 3.21%, a drop of 22 basis points from Tuesday's post-Fed-minutes close of 3.43%.

Now why would Mr. Gross say no one would buy 30-year yield at 3.35%? Didn't he hear the Steve Liesman - Rich Bernstein exchange from CNBC's Reunited & It Feels So Good special on March 22.
  • Liesman - where do you want to be Richard, if David is right?
  • BernsteinI want to be in 30-year Zero coupon bonds.
The 30-year yield closed at 3.37% on March 22. Don't you now wish you had bought 30-Year Strips on that day, Mr. Gross? Please don't repeat last year's mistake, Bill. A slowing economy, a fiscal cliff looming at year's end, post-LTRO Europe turning into pre-LTRO Europe, who wouldn't want to buy the 30-Year Bond?


Finally, this week and Friday's number proved once again that Bernanke is the King. He rules markets. And he understands this economy better than his colleagues, especially Fisher, Lacker et al. As the Bond King said this week (see clip 1 below):
  • Bernanke, obviously is the King, Yellen, is the Queen, may be Bill Dudley is the Castle and others are basically knights. So I think you have a story when one of these major pieces, one of the three, concedes and says check mate....Until that happens, this word-smithing in terms of a couple few is relatively unimportant.
Isn't this the most quotable Gross interview ever?

PS: Egan-Jones downgraded the US from AA+ to AA with a negative watch on Thursday, after the close. Do the markets even remember that after Friday's non-farm report?


2. Will the 2nd Perception meet its Reality as well?

This second perception is the near certainty of the Great Rotation of money from bonds to stocks. How many "experts" and "gurus" have proclaimed this as inevitable? Let us count, Leon Cooperman, Larry Fink, Robert Kapito, Jeremy Siegel and this week, Abby Joseph Cohen (see clip 3 below).  These are just the few we chose to feature.

Michael Hartnett of BAC-Merrill Lynch is a rare strategist who prefers to see the evidence. He writes this week:
  •  "no evidence of The Great Rotation. Flows to IG bonds stay strong, but investors redeem from financials, Brazil and China equity funds."
He points out:
  • "Since 1925, the S&P 500 has recorded two consecutive quarters of double-digit returns 11 times. In 9 out of prior 11 occasions, equities went on to record a third consecutive quarter of gain with a median return of 5.0%."
But he adds:
  • "...we remain more negative on equities in Q2 than history would suggest."
Why? One reason is "Peaking Profits". Jim Reynolds of Loop Capital was even more cautious about corporate bonds when speaking with CNBC's Brian Sullivan. He is also worried about the lack of liquidity when investors go to sell corporate bonds (see clip 5 below).

We will all see what Q1 earnings reports show us beginning next week.


3. Is Delusion meeting Reality again?

The delusion is that ECB's LTRO has stabilized Europe. The somnambulant among investors were shaken awake when Spanish Prime Minister Rajoy said Spain, Europe's fourth-largest economy, is in "extreme difficulty". The action in the European markets suggests that reality is just awful. Will the US stock market simply yawn at Europe's mess as Jim Cramer suggested to Mad Money viewers this week or will we realize the markets are "basically reliving what happened last year" as David Rosenberg said on March 22.


4. Best CNBC Squawk Box show Ever!

On Wednesday, April 4, CNBC Squawk Box did a special on Richard Rainwater, the legendary investor. They brought star investors like Eddie Lampert, Barry Strenlicht, John Scully and others to speak about their experiences with Mr. Rainwater. CNBC's Carl Quintannia called it the best Squawk Box ever. We are inclined to agree as pure viewers. We encourage readers to view the clips which are listed at Rainwater search results on CNBC.com.

Unfortunately, this show and the clips offer little to investors in terms of what to do today. That is why we chose not to feature the clips. The only transcript provided by CNBC is of comments by Eddie Lampert.



Featured Videoclips:
  1. Bill Gross on CNBC Squawk Box on Wednesday, April 4
  2. Rick Santelli on the Santelli Exchange on Wednesday, April 4
  3. Abby Joseph Cohen on BTV's Inside Track on Tuesday, April 3
  4. Marc Faber on BTV's In The Loop on Monday, April 2
  5. Jim Bianco & Jim Reynolds on CNBC's Street Signs on Thursday, April 5


1. A Bernanke Put, A Draghi Put - There Definitely Is - Bill Gross on CNBC Squawk on the Street (08:00 minute clip) - Wednesday, April 4

Can you be on TV every week and still be interesting & informative? Bill Gross can and he proved it this week. We had featured his interviews last week and the week before. This week, we feature his comments again because Mr. Gross made comments that are insightful, informative and investable. In fact, this is one of the most quotable and definitive interviews we have ever seen from the Bond King. Just look at the comments marked in bold below. The CQ below is CNBC's walking GQ-man, Carl Quintannia and Hobbs is of course Simon Hobbs of CNBC

  • CQ - Do you agree with the way the Fed minutes are being read? That it makes any further injections of liquidity less likely?
  • Gross - I don't......it is much to do about nothing... we should look at the Fed as a chess game, some of the pieces are more important than the others..Bernanke, obviously is the King, Yellen, is the Queen, may be Bill Dudley is the Castle and others are basically knights. So I think you have a story when one of these major pieces, one of the three, concedes and says check mate.We haven't seen that. Until that happens, this word-smithing in terms of a couple few is relatively unimportant. [Note to CNBC, BTV, FBN - forget about interviewing Fisher, Lacker et al... their views just don't count.]
  • CQ - Here is your tweet from this morning - Central banks are where bad bonds go to die. Without QE, the financial markets & then the economy will falter. You want to expand on that?
  • Gross - yes. central banks are where bad bonds go to die and good stocks are born, I suppose. Bad bonds, what are those? In terms of the ECB, they would be peripheral bonds that they have been in the hundreds of billions and in the United States, are they the Treasuries ? well, to a certain extent, yes. The 10-years, the 30-years, basically no one would buy at these types of levels and so we are operating in a subset of markets where 10 -year yield at 2.25% and a 30-year yield at 3.35 is a subsidized level and who would buy them unless the Fed buys them?.... not too many buyers I don't think. 
  • Hobbs - You have bought mortgages, you hold about 38% of mortgages in your fund, they have gone up in anticipation of Fed buying mortgage-backed securities. Let's cut to the chase. Do you continue to buy there, do you believe therefore that the threats of the Fed buying exists. Does it exist past 2012 into 2013?
  • Gross - I think that's sort of the cherry on top of the sundae. I think what an agency-mortgage does for a buyer and the yields are 3-3.5%, it's not great but its better than Treasuries, what it does provide a buyer is a higher yield independent to some extent on interest rates not changing,,,, is it a bet on QE3? not necessarily, it is a bet on Fed basically staying where it is until 2014 and if it does, buyer picks up 100-150 basis points in yield.
  • Hobbs - Isn't it a great reassurance that if they did QE3, there is no way they can raise general interest rates that's a guarantee, that's cast iron. 
  • Gross - That's true. That's cherry on top of a sundae. Basically it would reaffirm that the Fed's not tightening. Look to the point at the end of June and perhaps and, I don't believe this is the case, but perhaps the Fed, you know, won't re-initiate a Twist or a QE3. Basically, when that's happened, Simon, when QE1 ended and QE2 ended basically the stock market has gone down by 1,500 points over the next month or two and is the Fed trapped in providing liquidity, cheap liquidity to pump up stock markets and risk markets? I think they are. I don't want to argue with Rick Santelli, he is not on the line right now. But it's a necessary policy of where central banks led us. 
  • CQ - Bill, when it comes to stocks, a very smart market observer wrote it's not about bears versus bulls but more fundamentalistas and liquidistas. what side would you be on? 
  • Gross - if I got your question right, I think it is about liquidity. you know, the central banks have poured in $2 trillion worth of money and written $2 trillion worth of checks. You can call them QEs, or LTROs , there has been a lot of checkwriting over 3 to 6 months and that's come with the affirmation and with the hope that equity markets and risk markets would rise and so I think it is dependent on QE continuation, on QE3 or whatever it's going to be called. Twist or, you know, some derivation of Twist - they have to keep going if they expect equity markets to lie at this level
  • CQ - would you put a number or a percentage around how much of the markets rise has pivoted around promises of liquidity versus promises of economic recovery? 
  • Gross - I think a good 10% to 15%. We can see that as QE1 and QE2 ended, 1,500 points down within a month or two. Those are only two data points but I think a good 5% to 10% of the market has come through check writing from the Fed and the rest of economic recovery which in of itself has come through Fed and other central banks check writing. 
  • Hobbs - Bill, let me be quite clear and double back on what you said before. Are you suggesting there's a Fed put under the stock market? In other words, because the wealth effect is now so important to America with the recovery that they will move towards QE3 if the market falls? Can I buy the stock market? Is it safe because of the Fed? 
  • Gross - I think there is a Fed put, Simon. There's an ECB put and a question put to Draghi about two weeks ago - what was the first thing he thought of in the morning? He said where the stock market was. Bernanke has not been quoted in those terms but that's a fundamental consideration for central bankers. Is it  the proper consideration? Probably not. But at this point the markets are dependent upon economies or economies are dependent upon markets? And is there a put, a Bernanke put? is there a Draghi put? There definitely is
Kudos to Carl Quintannia for asking the right questions that produced the eminently quotable answers.


2. The Frog isn't really alive - Rick Santelli in response to Bill Gross (01:48 minute clip) - Wednesday, April 4

Bill Gross mentioned Rick Santelli in his clip above. It seems Mr. Gross wanted to disagree with Mr. Santelli but didn't want to do so without Rick being on the line. The supposed disagreement is Mr. Santelli's earlier comment that the Fed would not engage in any more QE. Mr. Gross said in clip 1 above they will. Mr. Gross believes that both the markets and the economy will falter without additional QE. 

Rick Santelli can speak for himself and he does so below. From what we gather, Mr. Santelli doesn't definitively say that the Fed won't do more QE. He clearly states that more QE is essentially useless because it does not have any lasting effect on the economy and it makes the markets far more volatile. In other words, more QE is an utterly worthless use of the Fed's balance sheet that we the people hold up with our tax dollars. Below are Mr. Santelli's own words
  • We had the bond king on not too long ago, Bill Gross, and he did reference my name. The context was after QE-1, QE-2 died, we saw stocks lose 1500 points. The notion was he doesn't want to talk about whether the programs of our Fed, world's Fed, are good or bad. They're needed. That's great. 
  • and about the same time he said that he had a tweet that was out there, so many people follow Mr. Gross. Here was the tweet about seven clock eastern. Central banks are where bad bonds go to die. Without QE the financial markets and then the economy would falter. 
  • I'm not picking on Mr. Gross. But here's the point. I've always said that the frog isn't really alive and what we are doing is throwing electricity in. When the legs move, we say it's economic horse power but we're being a bit disingenuous
  • another point, especially to that tweet. you know, if the toxic areas we are storing this paper are a way to nationalize some in the economy and banking industry and interest rates then the New Normal, Gross and his firm put forth is a great phrase, the New Normal isn't really being allowed to grow. How long can we have the subsidy? How can we get rid of it? This is huge. A really bad or good jobs report on Friday, it makes the outcome in the market ten times more volatile, because it's going to bring in the liquidity factor from the Fed every time, especially if it's a weak number.
Really, both Gross and Santelli are in agreement that additional QE is useless for any lasting impact. Gross wants it because otherwise the economy and markets falter.  Santelli says why bother if there is not lasting impact. Let the markets go where they need to go because that would be healthy for the markets in the long term. 

You know, one of them is an observer, an analyst who cares about America's long term but without any loss or gain in the short term; the other is a huge money manager with a lot to lose in the short term if the markets come unglued. Guess which one is which?



3. Next Recession Significant Distance Off - Abby Joseph Cohen on BTV's Inside Track (06:00 minute clip) - Tuesday, April 3

Abbey Joseph Cohen of Goldman Sachs was regarded as an infallible oracle in the bull market in the 1990s. Her aura dimmed a lot in the 2000-2002 bear market. To our recollection, she failed to expect the steep fall in the stock market in 2008 and the yearly sharp corrections during the past couple of years. So she is the perfect guest for BTV's Sara Eisen who has virtually waged a personal war against what she calls perma-bearishness of David Rosenberg. Watch the clip or read the excellent summary courtesy of Bloomberg TV PR.

On investing in the U.S.:

  • "It's clear that many people have forgotten that the U.S. is still by far the world's largest economy. Even with its outstanding growth over the last decade, the size of the Chinese economy is only about 40% of the United States. So clearly what happens in the United States has a significant impact on the rest of the world. Right now the U.S. economy is growing. Not as rapidly as we would like but it seems to be good, solid, steady growth."

On investing in China:

  • "We do think there is deceleration underway in China. On a long-term basis, we think growth there will be good. But when we look at the other industrial economies, clearly the U.S. at this point seems to have a cyclical advantage and in some ways a structural advantage."
  • "U.S workers are the most productive in the world, more productive than those in other industrial economies and of course, the developing economies. Our economy is doing better. I'd also point out that our financial system in the United States seems to be much further on the road to recovery than is the comparable system in other parts of the world."

On U.S. stocks outperforming Europe and China:

  • "This is something that’s also been driven by valuation. At the end of 2011, what was priced into the U.S. equity market was five years of profit declines - never really a probable scenario, but investors were so nervous about so many things, that's the way our market was priced."
  • "Even after these rallies, the market offers good value but not as good as it was previously. But our feeling is the next recession is some significant distance off into the future. What we know is, bear markets can be sustained not by the most vigorous of growth but by growth that investors believe will hang on there for quite a while."

On forecasts for this coming earnings season:

  • "Clearly, comparisons are becoming more difficult for U.S. corporations. Profits have been growing at a very robust pace for more than two years. Margins have been at a peak. And we do think that those numbers will not be quite as vigorous."

  • "What really matters, though, is whether investors are saying to themselves now, we're looking not just at this quarter but to the remainder of 2012 and into 2013. Investors seem to be much more comfortable about the intermediate term in the United States than they were even just a few weeks ago."

  • "That is the sign of a continuing bull market. It doesn't mean that the gains from here or the gains we've seen thus far should be extrapolated, but it does suggest that equities will continue to see some positive move. And one of the things, of course, to consider is the relative nature of stocks and bonds."

  • "With interest rates as low as they are, there are many investors -- especially those who have a long time horizon --  saying returns from equities, even if they're not as vigorous as they've been in the past few months, will probably be better than the returns from bonds."

On the global economy:

  • "Our view is that the global economy has indeed shifted and will continue to shift. We see good, long-term growth from the advanced emerging economy. Not just China but Brazil, India, and some others."

  • "But we also have to recognize that the United States has suffered a significant cyclical beating, but from an innovative standpoint, the United States remains the place in the world with more patents than anyone other, more investment in R&D than any other and the United States has really been the innovative engine for the rest of the world. There's a little rule of thumb used in Silicon Valley, and that is the basic research is done in the United States, the development is then done in Korea but the production is done in China. One of the things our innovation panel has been focused on is how do we continue to keep the United States extremely innovative?"

  • "There are several components. One is good education for everyone, and also with a focus on STEM -- science, technology, engineering, and math. Number two, that we continue to support good, basic research. The basic research being done now may not be seen in terms of fruition for decades. Keep in mind that the Internet and GPS were developed by the U.S. government decades ago, and then companies like Apple and Google are taking advantage of it now."


3. Japanese Market Will Outperform All Others in 2012 - Marc Faber on BTV's In The Loop (08:07 minute clip) - Monday, April 2

Marc Faber was on CNBC Squawk Box on Monday morning. He was making an interesting case that wealthy people stood the risk of losing 50% of their money in the next few years. He didn't quantify the "few" or explain the reason. He was interrupted by CNBC's breaking news about the offer for Avon. You can read a CNBC summary of his views at Massive Wealth Destruction is About to Hit Investors on CNBC.com.

Mr. Faber then appeared with BTV's Betty Liu to provide a more detailed description of his views.

Faber on whether he's finding more shorts in the equity market:

  • "In a money-printing environment I'm reluctant to short. But say whereas I recommended investors to increase their positions last October, November, December, now I think that if people are overweight in equities they should reduce positions somewhat…maybe cash. The U.S. dollar is desirable at the present time. And we have to say one thing. The market consists of thousands of stocks and the market consists of many different stock markets globally. The S&P has done exceptionally well relative to, say, emerging economy stock markets, most of which are still lower than they were in 2011. So, if you look at the advance-decline line of all the share markets in the world, then it is definitely being deteriorating. And I happen to believe that money printing will continue and I would probably buy financial shares and I believe that the Japanese market may outperform all the other markets against all expectations in 2012."

On saying that earnings will deteriorate and profit margins will shrink:

  • "First, I think there are some cost pressures creeping in terms of rising raw material costs, especially energy, and the problem with, say, a QE3 would be that you are doing it in an environment of very elevated oil prices. So, maybe the energy prices would go up more and squeeze the margins of some corporations. And certainly squeeze the consumer. And my sense is that the economy has bottomed out but is far from robust because the typical household is being squeezed by higher cost of living increases. There are various measurements. You can measure the CPI. It is rising by less than 3%. Everywhere I look I see households essentially paying between 5% to 10% more for goods and services than a year ago."

On whether Q2 will be as strong as Q1 for investors:

  • "I think that if you look back at a year ago we made a peak of 1370 on S&P on May 4 and then dropped sharply to 1074 on October 4. Then we recaptured the lows in November and December. Since then, the first quarter has been very powerful and has surprised investors because of its strong performance. And I think now the expectations are very high. The market is no longer oversold the way it was in December. And everybody thinks that the race is on, go along with equities, the hedge funds have positioned themselves on the long side and optimism is high. I would be very careful at this stage."

On why investors should have caution:

  • "Basically I think that earnings may begin to disappoint. That corporate profit margins could deteriorate. And I think we still have a lot of issues. Don't forget we have QE1, QE2 and Operation Twist. I think in order to really hold asset prices across the board much more QE3 would have to be gigantic. I'm not ruling out that stocks can continue to go up but I doubt they will go up at the same rate as the first quarter. And if you look at the technical under underpinnings of the market, they have deteriorated. The list of new highs is deteriorating. The short positions are way down. And we have an overbought condition in the market if we measure the number of stocks above the 50-day and 200-day moving average. So, generally I would say maybe April is traditionally still a month of seasonable strength but somewhere in the next six months I think you can buy the whole market much cheaper."

On QE3 having to be "enormous":

  • "It would have to be very significant to boost all asset prices including homes, stocks, bonds and commodities…Much larger [than QE1 and QE2]."

On why he's not recommending to buy more gold:

  • "As you know, I have been very positive about gold and I still accumulate gold every month. But I think that we had an intermediate peak at $1921 on September 6 of last year. Then we dropped sharply to $1,522 an ounce on December 29, 2011. Since then we've had a feeble recovery. I think that the correction period is not yet over. I'm not selling my gold because I don't trust governments and I don't trust the Federal Reserve, nor would I trust the ECB or other money traders in the world. They are all going to print money. I still recommend to hold gold."

On bad returns for gold in Q1:

  • "Yes, that's correct. But the returns have been very good since 1999 and year over year I think gold is still up 12%…I think that gold is in a correction period and we had an intermediate peak on September 6, 2011. And I always advise don't put all your money into gold because it doesn't have any cash flow. So you are really dependent on the price appreciation. That is different from owning, say, equities that have a dividend yield of 5%, which I can find in Asia."


5. 10-Year Treasury Yield ceiling of 2.50% - Jim Bianco & Jim Reynolds on CNBC Street Signs - Thursday, April 5

When he saw the bond market crater after the Fed minutes on Tuesday, Brian Sullivan decided that the Fed was done adding liquidity. First he tried to persuade Rick Santelli to say that on Tuesday afternoon. Then he asked Rick Santelli again on Thursday whether the Fed has given up further QE. He made Rick Santelli answer the question on Thursday at 2 pm just before this clip at 2:05 pm.

  • Sully - Did we get a shift from the Fed or not?
  • Santelli - I think we did, a short term shift. But I think like the tide that occurs pretty much on a cyclical nature, should things deteriorate quickly, I think it will be back on the table....But I do think it gives us a glimpse of one of the few times that the market is really trying to test the waters of trading and assuming that some of these programs are done and I think the clock is ticking with that notion, I think the political landscape after November could change, it could impact a lot of these programs. 

But Brian Sullivan was on an anti-Treasuries mission, the mission that seems to drive virtually every CNBC anchor. Not satisfied with Rick's answer, Brian Sullivan turned to Jim Reynolds, CEO of Loop Capital, and Jim Bianco, President of Bianco Research.

  • Sully - What do you see happening with interest rates? Where do you see the bond market headed?
  • Reynolds - we have seen, so far this year, a great appetite and great acceptance of bond yields by the investors.... the view on the economy right now from the investment community is probably a gradual getting better.... 2-3% growth in the GDP...those are manageable numbers...so they are very comfortable owning fixed income...
  • Sully - Jim, if you ask 800 million of Facebook users where are interest rates headed, probably 799,999,999 will say they are going up. You say they're wrong, why?
  • Bianco - they've been wrong on that because a lot of people have been saying 90% plus say rates are going up. what they're missing is who is the buyer of Treasuries? Three people buy Treasuries
    • Bank of Japan,
    • Bank of China and
    • The Federal Reserve.
  • Sully - not mom and pop. and that's the basis of your thesis.
  • Bianco - right. mom and pop have been buying corporate bonds, high yield bonds, they don't buy Treasuries. That's the domain of those three players and maybe some large banks and dealers that would do a carry trade. they're not going to exit that trade any time soon. so you're not at a risk of rates shooting higher. the Fed -- maybe the Fed stops QE-3, maybe doesn't. maybe the Bank of Japan changes policy, maybe it doesn't. but that's not going to happen right away.
  • Sully - let's say you're right, the government, Bank of China, continue to buy U.S. Treasury Bonds. Are you saying we should see a sub 2.5% 10-year bond yield through the rest of this year?
  • Bianco - I think if they continue to play, yeah. sure. We are 2.17% now on the 10-year. You could get to 2.50% but not much more than that. If you wanted well above 2.50%, I think one of those players would have to back off. So yeah, 2.50% might be the ceiling on the bond for the rest of the year.
  • Sully - Jim Reynolds, corporate bonds, huge amount of issuance again. is there a corporate bond bubble? is credit too easy on the corporate bond side?
  • Reynolds - I think that's a very good question. what we saw in the first quarter was a huge appetite for corporate debt. i think it was a part of the risk-off trade that we began to see as we came out of the fourth quarter last year. what we're to see now though are the buyers starting to extract a little more premium to absorb the new issues. it's quite a bit different than it was a month ago.
  • Sully - so risk is growing a bit in the corporate bond market?
  • Reynolds - it's definitely growing a bit and holding a few deals up right now. investors are asking for a little more. let me share something with you that i think is a concern that's going to crop up, coming up. and we haven't seen it yet. that's the secondary trading market in corporate bonds. there's been and you've heard me talk before about Dodd-Frank and the Volcker rule. what we're seeing now are inventories at the major investment banks at the lowest level I've seen in maybe my 30 years of business. and there's no activity in the corporate bond market. So there's going to have to be some provision for these buyers to be able to sell them. if they don't feel they can sell them and there's no buyers for them ...

The last point is very interesting and could create some trouble in the corporate bond market. Sully, do us all a favor and tell all your CNBC anchor colleagues about this potential trouble. Because they tend to very glib in asking their viewers to buy corporate bonds instead of Treasuries because of the higher yield. They don't know that sometimes in the bond market, when salespeople call the trading desks and say "Sell", the traders ask "to whom?" Liquidity is a massively important and a constantly ignored factor in investing.



Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter

Iran Sanctions - Cut Off the World's Nose to Spite Iran's Face?



Last time, we saw the US Congress so impassioned, so emotional was in the aftermath of 9/11.  With an office within a couple of blocks of the World Trade Center, we witnessed that event firsthand. We walked through the smoke and the soot to return home late that morning. A man working on our floor, the CEO of his small business, had a breakfast meeting at the World Trade Center that morning. He did not return from that breakfast. We are still emotional about that event. That day, all Americans were willing to support carpet bombing of any country that helped that attack in any way. That emotion in America was justified. The American people were unanimously with the US Congress and the Bush Administration in that emotional period.

Today, the US Congress is again emotional, almost hysterically emotional. But today, the American people are not even exercised, forget being emotional. The emotion of 2001 was cold, determined anger, the sort of anger that allows us to take our time and then strike a decisive blow like we did in November 2001. In contrast, today's anger is hot anger, the sort of anger that bubbles over the edge and makes people go nuts in a violent spree that causes serious collateral damage without achieving any real results.

The hot emotional anger we see today is a willingness in the US Congress to hit out at the entire world in an effort to coerce the world to inflict severe economic damage on Iran. This hit on the world is a threat to cut off countries from the US financial system for continuing trade with Iran, regardless of whether the countries are a parties to  the Iran-Israel fight or whether the countries are even in Iran's neighborhood. This threat applies to every country in the world, except those that are specifically exempted by the Obama Administration.

Below we examine the consequences of this action on America's long term interests.

1. Is Iran the greatest threat to America?

There is no question Iran is America's foe. There is no question that Iran has acted against America's interests on many occasions. But does Iran pose the biggest threat to America? Has Iran ever attacked America or American forces? Did elements inside Iran help in the 9/11 attacks? Is Iran the principal backer of the Taleban? Does Iran provide terrorist sanctuaries for the Taleban from which they attack American forces in Afghanistan? Was the shoe-bomber trained inside Iran? Was the unsuccessful attack in Times Square planned and helped by elements inside Iran? Is Iran the epicenter of global Islamic terrorism that attacked London, Madrid and Mumbai?

No. That dubious honor goes to Pakistan and specifically to the military regime in Pakistan. So how have the US Congress and the Obama Administration handled Pakistan? By providing billions of dollars in aid, by providing F-16 fighters and P3-Orion antisubmarine planes even though Afghanistan is land-locked and the Taleban don't have any boats, let alone deep diving submarines.  The Obama Administration has turned a blind eye to the massive drive by the Pakistani military to build a huge nuclear arsenal, reportedly the fourth largest in the world. In contrast, the US Congress seems absolutely determined to wage war on Iran with every weapon at its disposal, on an Iran which might not have a nuclear weapon for next 2-3 years.

The last time we saw such hysteria was in 2003 when the Bush Administration painted Iraq as a imminent nuclear threat while ignoring the greater threat from Iran. What did the Iraq war achieve? It made the bigger enemy Iran far more powerful while saddling America with a long horrible expensive conflict.

Today, the Obama Administration and the US Congress are moving towards a conflict with Iran in a similar emotionally charged campaign while ignoring the greater threat from Pakistan. Could an American war with Iran result in Pakistan becoming more powerful and more dangerous for America and the world?

The bottom line of this paragraph is simple:
  • Iran is likely to eventually put a bomb in Tel Aviv while Pakistan is likely to eventually put a bomb in New York City.
We understand the need for a targeted, tactical campaign against Iran. But why make Iran the emotional  focus of all of America's attention? The short and simple answer is Israel.


2. Israel & Britain - Case of Two Close Allies


From Israel's point of view, Iran is a grave danger while Pakistan is nearly irrelevant. Pakistan has not demonstrated any aggressive intent towards Israel while Iran has verbally threatened to wipe Israel from the face of the earth. Israel views Iran as an existential danger and rightly so. So Israel has every reason and every right to defend itself by any means it deems necessary. And Israel is a close ally of America, the closest ally with one possible exception.

That exception is Britain. Britain has been America's oldest and most steadfast ally. Britain does not ask America for financial aid.  Wherever America needs support., Britain has provided it. British troops fought alongside America's troops in Iraq. British troops are fighting alongside American forces in Afghanistan.

So what did America do when Britain found itself at war with Argentina a few years ago. America did not get involved in that war to help America's closest ally. America did not break relations with Argentina. America did not sanction other Latin American countries for maintaining their relations with Argentina. America provided Britain with intelligence and helped in other quiet ways. This was sensible because America is a global power with global interests and America cannot sacrifice those interests in a regional conflict.

This common sense, this necessary focus on America's global interests has been jettisoned today by the Obama Administration and the US Congress. Instead, they are putting every other American interest in every other part of the world at grave risk in their emotional charge to proclaim their solidarity with Israel.

Why this difference between two close allies? Why does the US Congress behave rationally in the case of Britain but act with wanton emotional fervor when it comes to Israel? They do so even when, according to a survey by Bill O'Reilly's Factor, 61% of Americans surveyed said America should not get directly involved.


3. Does Israel even want this Sanctions Plan?


The straight answer is No. We don't see Israel applauding the US Congress for its desire to punish the rest of the world to support Israel. Israel is a smart, clear-headed, calculating country. Israel knows that it will face substantial backlash from all over the world for financial damage resulting from US sanctions. And these sanctions don't do Israel any good.

Israel wants America to participate in an attack on Iranian nuclear installations. If America is unwilling to do so, Israel would like America to provide it with bunker-busting bombs and refueling tankers. That will enable Israel to mount a large enough air attack to destroy a large part of Iranian nuclear capability.  Such an attack would not damage Iran's conventional military capabilities, it would not cause severe financial damage to the Iranian people.  It would be a limited attack.

If successful, Israel will be privately applauded and even thanked by every country in Iran's neighborhood, even by China and Russia.  If it fails, it will suffer the blame alone. Now if Iran is stupid enough to attack America in response, the Obama Administration should retaliate with all of America's might to destroy Iran's conventional military capacity as well as Iranian regime. The Iranian regime is smart, rational and they will not risk their survival if they believe the Obama Administration will retaliate with all its might.

We understand that a limited attack by Israel on Iran would create regional risks to America and we don't recommend it. But it would be a regional issue and it would not damage America's global interests. So it would be far better than the utterly asinine plan to impose sanctions on the rest of the world to bring pressure on Iran. 


4. The Utter Insanity of the Sanctions Plan - 1
 

Several informed and sensible analysts have argued that the sanctions on Iran could actually backfire on America. Ian Bremmer, President of the Eurasia Group, wrote the following in his article in the Financial Times titled: Iran oil sanctions threaten global economic recovery:
  • While the strategy of squeezing Iran financially is logical, it comes with serious economic risks that are not often recognised. We’ve entered a new era in which the distinction between the financial and security spheres no longer holds: geopolitics drive markets even as markets drive geopolitics.
  • Enforcing oil sanctions against Iran could threaten the global economy. In the context of improving global growth, removing too much Iranian oil from the world’s energy supply could cause an oil price spike that that would halt the recovery even as it does some financial damage to Iran. For perhaps the first time sanctions have the potential to be “too successful”, hurting the sanctioners as much as the sanctioned.
A detailed description of how the Iran sanctions could backfire on America was provided by Kenneth Pollack, Director of the Saban Center of Middle East policy at the Brookings Institution. Mr. Pollack argues:
  • The problem is that these sanctions are potentially so damaging that they could backfire, creating at least three sets of consequences that would leave the United States in a worse position, whatever the impact on Iran.
    • To the extent that Iranian oil is truly off the market for the U.S. and Europe, it will increase the price for what remains. In case you missed the past 40 years of American economic history, there is no commodity on earth that affects the American economy faster or more profoundly than oil.
    •  Another potentially fatal flaw in these sanctions is that they turn up the heat on Iran so much that they may well be unsustainable diplomatically, and that is very problematic because sanctions rarely work quickly. And over time, there is a high likelihood that other countries will come to see the misery of the Iranian people as being the fault of the United States, not of the Iranian leadership, exactly as happened with Saddam.
This may be why Ian Bremmer made a very interesting suggestion in his FT article:
  • The US can pressure Iran without sabotaging the economic recovery. What he must do is maintain his tough public rhetoric on sanctions, no matter how harsh it appears, while privately signaling China and India – and only China and India – that it is fine for them to purchase Iranian crude, but at a significant discount from market price. Forcing Tehran to sell discounted barrels would provide the desired result: a substantial reduction in Iranian revenue with less impact on global energy prices and less harm to the US and world economies.

5. The Utter Insanity of the Sanctions Plan - II

The above issues have been well discussed and are well understood in America. They are serious issues indeed, but they are essentially short term in their scope and impact. We are far more concerned about the long term strategic impact on America and its relationship with the rest of the world. And when we say "world", we mean the real world; we mean Africa, China, India, Asia, Latin America, the world in which 3/4th of the world's population lives, the part of the world which will show the strongest growth in the next three decades.

With its emotional plan accompanied by strident, sometimes hysterical rhetoric, the US Congress has threatened to declare financial war on virtually the entire world if they don't break off financial and trading relations with Iran.  The US Congress does not seem to care about the serious impact that might have on the countries, their economies and their people. And these countries have nothing to do with the Israeli-Iran conflict. In fact, as Ian Bremmer pointed out in his interview with Reuters, "[Iran] doesn’t exactly look deplorable to large parts of the global community — like Russia, China, nearly all of Africa and even much of the Middle East."

Remember Iraq? That was strictly a regional conflict between America and Iraq. America did not involve any other region of the world in that conflict. Still America suffered a massive downgrade of respect and support in the entire world. Not only is America now getting involved in another regional conflict with Israel and Iran, the US Congress is threatening to sacrifice the economic interests of virtually every country in Africa, Asia and Latin America. Can we imagine the backlash from the rest of the world and can we fathom the extent of long term damage America could suffer?

There is one long term damage that worries us the most - the damage to America's financial system, the foundation of America's prosperity.


5. The Utter Insanity of the Sanctions Plan - III

The foundation of US financial dominance is the reserve currency status of the US Dollar. This is why the world's financial system goes through the American financial system. The American financial system is open, flexible, transparent and trusted.

The Sanctions Plan of the US Congress & the Obama Administration is based on using the US Financial System as a weapon to browbeat the world. There are grave dangers in threatening the use of your most powerful weapon. If the threat of using it fails to coerce, then it has to be used. If it is used but fails to deliver a victory, then there is nothing else left in the quiver. And just the threat prompts serious efforts to build countermeasures.

That is what we are afraid of.  The world has been using the US Dollar and the US financial system both out of convenience and inertia. That inertia was shaken up a bit in the aftermath of the 2008 financial crisis in America. That crisis prompted China to intensify its efforts to make its currency,  the Renminbi, an international currency. The crisis also prompted Russia to seek alternatives to the US Dollar at the IMF, the International Monetary Fund.  

These efforts have gone nowhere because Latin America, Africa and the rest of Asia preferred the convenience of the current Dollar-based financial system. Now the US Congress is threatening to shut these countries out of the US Financial system if they don't obey US rules about Iran. If the US Congress can do this once, they can do it again. No country, no country dedicated to the well being of its people can tolerate such an economic stranglehold. 

Perhaps they had no choice in the last century. But this is not our father's world, as Jim O'Neill*, Chairman of Goldman Sachs Asset Management, made clear to CNBC recently:
  • "We are only three years off maximum, maybe two years before the 4 BRIC (Brazil, Russia, India, China) countries become bigger than the United States....a few of the countries that are also becoming more important such as Indonesia, Turkey, Korea, Mexico. If you put those 4 together with the BRICs, this decade, those eight will create double the amount of global GDP that Europe and the US will do put together."
The primary American goal ought to be to ensure these countries do not act in unison against US interests.  Instead, by threatening to impose sanctions on all the BRICS (S for South Africa) and on the other countries, the Obama Administration and the US Congress are virtually forcing all these countries to come together to build an alternative financial architecture. This is not just insane, but suicidal.

This is not idle or fanciful speculation. This past week, the five BRICS countries met in New Delhi and agreed to support intra-BRICS trade in local currencies. If successful, this could pose a long term threat to the primacy of the U.S. Dollar.

The BRICS also discussed the establishment of a new multilateral financial institution, a new BRICS bank that will help the BRICS countries with their financial development. Such a Bank will be outside the realm of the World Bank which the US dominates. It is not hard to see such a bank eventually issue a special currency  (SDR or Special Drawing Right units in the financial lingo) for use in intra-BRICS trade. Each one of these countries is a regional leader. So we could see such BRICS SDR used by smaller countries in Asia, Africa and Latin America to trade with the 5 BRICS and with each other.

This will not doom the United States. It will simply make the US Financial system more regional and less global. It will also help the rest of the world move away from the US Dollar over time. This is negative for America's future prosperity.

None of the above is easy. But it is doable if the impetus is strong enough. Unfortunately, the US Congress and the Obama Administration are the ones delivering the impetus to BRICS and other emerging economies to plan to move away from the US Dollar. As we said before, this is not just insane but suicidal.

The Bush Administration was excoriated for being arrogant with the world and for damaging America's standing. Frankly, the Bush Administration was a sissy compared to what the Obama Administration and the US Congress are doing to the world with their Iran Sanctions plan. In doing so, they are gambling with the future of the US Dollar and American prosperity. For what goal? To proclaim their commitment to Israel. And Israel doesn't even want this plan. Isn't Insanity the right word for this?   


* Clip 2 of Interesting Videoclips of March 18 - March 24, 2012



Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter

Interesting Videoclips of the Week (March 26 - March 30, 2012)



Editor's Note:  In this series of articles, we include important or interesting videoclips with our comments. This is an article that expresses our personal opinions about comments made on Television and in Print. It is NOT intended to provide any investment advice of any type whatsoever.  No one should base any investing decisions or conclusions based on anything written in or inferred from this article. Investing is a serious matter and all investment decisions should only be taken after a detailed discussion with your investment advisor and should be subject to your objectives, suitability requirements and risk tolerances.



1. The Best First Quarter Ever!

The Dow Jones and the S&P 500 "recorded their biggest first-quarter point gains ever" according to the Wall Street Journal. The Dow rose 994 points or 8.1% and the S&P rose 150.87 points or 12%. The Nasdaq rose by 19%. Now comes April, the second best month for stocks. What's not to like?

It is the conditional refrain that the Wall Street Journal added in celebrating the first quarter - "amid signs of a strengthening U.S. economic recovery."  The technical mood was summed by Lawrence McMillan of Option Strategist who argued that the rally will continue "as long as support holds."

So we go back to wondering about the economy. Consumer spending is OK, economic data is doing OK and the annualized growth rate of ECRI's Weekly Leading Indicator rose to 0.0, the first non-negative reading since the week of August 12. So who would question the U.S. economy?  It would be be a man whose nickname is "Rosie", of course.


2. The U.S. Economy


David Rosenberg or "Rosie" seemed even more direct than the week before. This week he provided a verbal graphic by stating that the U.S. economy is getting to the cross street called the Corner of Perception and Reality (see clip 2 below). And what is the reality according to him?:
  • "since [the labor market report], for every economic indicator that surprised to the upside, two economic indicators surprised to the downside...I actually think we are going into the 2nd Quarter with the economy on the down escalator in terms of momentum.."
The consensus among the economic cognoscenti is just the opposite. But what about the masses, as [Bloomberg's] Margaret Brennan, [CNBC's] Melissa Lee and Carl Quintannia call us viewers? The answers were provided by the All-America Economic Survey conducted by CNBC's Steve Liesman, the man who used to live in Moscow. Comrade Liesman has never called us "masses".  Instead, he reported what American "masses" feel:
  • only 28% of the public say they are better off now than they were four years ago, the lowest percentage recorded in a presidential election year going back to 1992.
The conclusion is interesting:
  • No group in the survey is more optimistic than the cross-section of Americans who believe their home prices will go up; no group is more pessimistic on the economy than those predicting their home prices will fall.
  • Gold is is seen by the American public as the best investment right now, chosen by 37 percent of respondents. Real estate is a distant second with 24 percent followed by stocks at 19 percent.
So we wondered how Chairman Bernanke would feel about this survey. CNBC Honcho Liesman couldn't  stoop to respond to us. But our main man, the man most admired by CNBC's viewers, Rick Santelli helped us out by asking the same question of Jim Bianco, President of Bianco Research (see clip 4 below):
  • Santelli - If you were Ben Bernanke and you read this survey on a scale of one to ten, one being sad, ten being happy. what do you think he thought?
  • Bianco - I think he's probably a two or three. I think he knows this. That's why he's doing his lectures at George Washington. He's on TV giving interviews, ABC last night. He knows that the Fed has a selling job to do that what they've done has improved the economy because most people don't think that that's been the case and that's what the survey shows.
Rick Santelli made a colorful suggestion of what the Great "Bernack" should do next. It is a bit too vivid for us. So we leave you to hear or read for yourselves in clip 4 below. But Rick Santelli demonstrated again why he is so trusted and admired:
  • "I remember partially in the '90s and partially late '70s and early '80s when Wall Street wasn't doing well, it seemed like they wanted to talk recession. When Wall Street is doing well, they never think that way".
Most CNBC anchors either think like or portray the thinking of Wall Street executives, investment bankers and traders. They keep telling the viewers how great the economy is. Fortunately, Rick doesn't sing the song of Wall Street. 


3. US Treasuries


The long end of the Treasury market trades on two important factors, the trajectory of inflation and the trajectory of the U.S. economy. Regarding the first, we saw a tweet from Keith McCullough of HedgeEye  on Friday which read "We're short Inflation Protection $TIP".

This is interesting because just a couple of weeks or so ago, Mr. McCullough was concerned about inflation. This is not a criticism. On the contrary. We pay attention when pragmatic people change their minds. We ourselves are not concerned about inflation being a factor in investing until mid-2014, provided we don't see massive fiscal stimulus in 2013.

That leaves the trajectory of the U.S. economy. We will know better next week after the March Non-Farm Payroll report. The last two weeks have seen a 4%+ rally in TLT, the 20-year Treasury ETF.  TLT rallied on Friday morning as well. But in early afternoon, the 30-Year Treasury bond just collapsed. Usually, portfolio managers buy the Treasury long end in the afternoon of the last trading day of a month to match up to their target duration. But not on Friday.

The only reason we heard was the release of the Treasury Operation schedule, or the bond buying calendar of the Fed. And it seems that the Fed will be buying less 30-year and 10-years than they bought last month. This release seems interesting in view of comments made by Bill Gross to BTV's Margaret Brennan, comments that seem to suggest that Bernanke would like to see higher 30-Year Treasury yields (see clip 1 below):
  • ".....buying longer-term bonds and selling shorter dated Treasuries. I think that's basically been played out and the pension market itself in terms of liability structure has been damaged to some extent by lower 30-year yields"
Regardless of the reason for the sell off on Friday afternoon, it never feels right when a major asset class reverses on the last day of the month. And the TLT closed just about at its 200-day moving average. If you look back to past several years, you will notice that April is a pivotal month for the Treasury market. Either, long maturity treasuries suffer a steep sell off into June or they rally into June. Catching the right move can be very profitable. So what is the right move?
  • Dennis Gartman said on CNBC-FM that he is short Treasuries and he expects it to be a big trade.
  • Steve Cortes of CNBC-FM tweeted on Friday before the sell-off that he was taking profits (kudos to him) even though he likes them longer term. 
  • Jeff Kilburg of Treasurycurve.com remains bullish.
  • Timothy Collins (@Tangletrade), a colleague of Jim Cramer at RealMoney tweeted on Friday afternoon, "just below 112 is red-line [for TLT], break that means 107-108."
Frankly, just watch whether TLT breaks its 200-day moving average decisively or not. That is a tried and true indicator. 


4. Guru Calls on the U.S. Stock Market

This week, Tom McClellan, co-founder and editor of the McClellan Market Report, appeared with BTV's Adam Johnson. Mr. McClellan bases his thesis on the net Euro-Dollar positions of Commercial Traders. He says there is a one-year lag between the behavior of the EuroDollar futures ( the most liquid interest rate product) and the stock market.  McClellan said
  • "now we are in a pause mode until June, then a huge rally into the election. Between now and June we are in a corrective market and the market does not even seem to know it yet because everybody is excited about Apple, they are excited about new home sales acting better, they are excited about whatever..but come June get ready for a big hunking rally but don't get impatient waiting for that.."
Mr. McClellan gave a similar message in his appearance with Adam Johnson on February 6, 2012.

Lawrence McMillan of Option Strategist wrote:
  • "In summary, the bulls are still in charge and will continue as long as support holds. However, if the 1385-1390 support gives way, it could lead to an intermediate-term sell signal -- something we haven't seen since last November."

5. Fund Flows

In his weekly report, Michael Hartnett of BAC-Merrill Lynch discussed two 2012 mega-themes, the Great Rotation (from bonds to equities) and the Great Rebalancing (from China producer to G7 consumer).
  • Weekly flows do not indicate Great Rotation....biggest outflows from long-only equity funds since Dec'11 ($5.1bn) versus bond fund inflows (albeit at slower pace)
  • Flows do show small sign of Great Rebalancing....first weekly redemptions from EM & Asia equity funds in 2012, huge Brazil outflows & best streak of Japan inflows in 9 months

6. Gold

Last week, Richard Bernstein & David Rosenberg were reunited on CNBC Squawk Box and they sort of supported each other. This week they separated with Bernstein coming back on CNBC Closing Bell and Rosenberg going to BTV's Street Smarts. Getting separated also meant getting on opposite sides of the Gold call.

David Rosenberg was asked by BTV's Trish Regan what he likes about Gold right now. He replied:
  • Gold has been in a secular bull market that started about 12 years ago. It is the only asset class that has been up, on a December 31 to December 31 basis, for the past 11 years. This is a case where a ball in motion will stay in motion until such time as the motion is caused to go into reverse. And that's not going to happen until the Fed starts to raise interest rates. When you start to see interest rates go up and real interest rates move up from negative to positive, the bull market in gold is probably gonna come to an end. But Bernanke has already told us that the Fed is not going to tighten policy until after the end of 2014 at the earliest.... negative real interest rates are always going to be positive for Gold,...,that means dip will occur and those are the dips you want to buy as a long term investor...  
Rosenberg's target for Gold is $3,000 as Trish Regan relayed a bit later. On the other hand, his ex-colleague Rich Bernstein doesn't like Gold, especially for U.S. Dollar based investors. His argument is not based on negative real interest rates but on a secular rally in the U.S. Dollar. Specifically, Bernstein told CNBC's Maria Bartiromo and Bill Griffeth:
  • ...over the next 3-5-7 years, we will see the Dollar meaningfully appreciate. I think it will be a secular trend pretty much reversing what we have seen in the past decade.... I think people have grossly underestimated a lot of the problems around the world. We are seeing that in Europe this year. It is our guess that as we go into next year, we are going to learn that the emerging markets have a lot more problems than people are expecting. That's good for the Dollar....

7. Oil

Oil has had a cruel month despite all the rhetoric about Iran. But is anyone short Oil? Not according to CNBC's Sharon Epperson. This week, the Obama Administration and European countries talked about a concerted plan to release oil from the strategic reserves. Secretary Clinton flew to Saudi Arabia to make sure the Saudis do not cut their "excess" production when oil is released from American and European strategic reserves.

On Friday, President Obama cleared the way to tighten sanctions on Iran. In reality, he cleared the way to tighten sanctions on the rest of the world. Half a world away, the BRICS nations, all five of them, broadly agreed that
they are not bound by "unilateral sanctions" on Iran, measures that threaten higher global oil prices and could result in supply shortages.


8. The BRICS Summit & EM

This was during the BRICS summit in New Delhi. After the summit, an agreement was signed under which credits would be extended in local currencies under the BRICS Interbank Cooperation Mechanism, according to Indian Newsmedia. Another pact signed was the Multilateral Letter of Credit Confirmation Facility Agreement between BRICS countries' Exim/Development banks.


                                                   (src - IndiaInk - New York Times)


This summit was either ignored or laughed at by the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times. We are not ready to dismiss it. This may be a motley group but they are all, we believe, outraged by the Iran Sanctions plan, a plan that forces them to damage their economies or face US sanctions. This makes them more determined to bypass the US Dollar to the extent they can in their trade between themselves. They are also trying to create a BRICS or EM development bank, they are trying to unite behind a candidate for the Presidency of the World Bank.


9. 2012 as India-China Friendship Year


We have been writing about the potential for military tensions between China and India since 2008. These tensions are very real and almost intractable. Against this background, China and India declared 2012 as year of India-China friendship. This is partly due to the deep anger against the Obama Sanctions plan and deep disappointment about the transactional nature of the Obama Administration and its focus on Pakistan.

China is also displaying its softer side to South East Asia to persuade them against siding with the USA. They are finding sympathetic ears because of the utter stupidity of the Iran sanctions. No one in Asia understands how South Korea, a true ally for 60 years, can be sanctioned simply because it imports oil from Iran.

In the short term, this may increase the outflow from EM markets, but in the long term this may create a headwind for the US Dollar. 

On this topic, read the New York Times article titled U.S. and China Press for Influence in Myanmar. Why doesn't the U.S. simply allow Americans to invest in Myanmar as Jim Rogers suggested on CNBC-FM last week?



Featured Videoclips:
  1. Bill Gross on BTV's InBusiness on Wednesday, March 28
  2. David Rosenberg on BTV's InsideTrack on Tuesday, March 27
  3. Jeremy Siegel on CNBC Squawk Box on Thursday, March 29
  4. Jim Bianco & Rick Santelli on CNBC SOTS on Wednesday, March 28
  5. Ahmed Rashid on Jon Stewart's Show on Wednesday, March 28


1. Mortgage Twist & Sliding Down the 5-Year Curve - Bill Gross on BTV's InBusiness with Margaret Brennan - Wednesday, March 28

Bill Gross, the Bond King, is always worth a listen. But he is even more so in this clip because he discusses his views of when and how the Bernanke Fed will launch a version of QE3. He also explains in simple English the tactic of sliding down the yield curve to double the yield of the 5-year Treasury. Kudos to Margaret Brennan for such a comprehensive interview. We thank Ms. Brennan and the Bloomberg TV PR for the excellent summary below.

On Gross’s view that we may see a sign from Bernanke in April that QE3 will be rolled out:

  • "I think [Chairman Bernanke] is very satisfied…I think the Fed is outcomes-oriented. They want an outcome in terms of a higher stock market, in terms of housing starts and lower unemployment. What [Bernanke] said on Monday, in terms of the employment, he suggested that up until now, we've done very well in terms of reducing unemployment but it’ll be tougher going forward if only because of structural impediments that he outlined. Going forward, he's looking at jobs, at unemployment and the housing markets. You know, future QEs will the outcome-oriented type of strategy which seeks to provide jobs and provide higher housing prices and housing starts to continue on."

On the tool that Gross thinks the Fed might deploy in April:

  • "I have a sense that they'll continue with the Operation Twist, but not necessarily in terms of buying longer-term bonds and selling shorter dated Treasuries. I think that's basically been played out and the pension market itself in terms of liability structure has been damaged to some extent by lower 30-year yields. I think [Bernanke] will try to do is Twist in the mortgage market. Basically, buy current coupon mortgages in agency spaces and then basically Twist by repo-ing out the Treasuries that they currently own in short-term space. So, you know, a twist on another Twist I suppose, going forward."

On the ticker change for PIMCO’s new ETF (to BOND): 

  • "It is easy to recognize. I told my wife about it last night and in the middle of the night she started saying something about James. I hope she was referring to the ETF but you get the point… It's more easily recognizable. In this business you want to go with a ticker and a sticker that people can recognize and pass on to their neighbors."
On Gross’s warnings to investors about management fees:
  • "We've noted that for a long time. This is simply a cautionary element that suggests that when interest rates come down close to zero and when the discounting of those interest rates and equity prices and other financial assets produce a perspective of 4-5% total return for the combined asset class is in our view, then it's incumbent upon a manager to keep expenses low and to alert investors as to the importance of expenses relative to lower returns in this new financial world that we speak to."

On investor appetite for PIMCO’s new ETF:

  • "We wanted to be able to give investors a choice. We recognized the tremendous importance of the retail distribution network for PIMCO and for the Total Return Fund, which is now $253 billion. Thank you very much, we don't to discourage that. But there are investors in the $10,000-$20,000 category, who find it difficult to buy PIMCO Total Return. We thought this would be a good way to do this in the actively managed ETF space. By the way, we're outperforming the market in the first month or so by a good 200 basis points."

On PIMCO's appetite for Treasuries:

  • "We have an average appetite in terms of duration space. And to the extent that five-year Treasuries, which are being issued today and seven-year Treasuries tomorrow - they reflect a relatively firm commitment on the part of PIMCO, which reflects a relatively firm commitment on the part of the Fed that they'll keep interest rates firm until late 2014. Bernanke mentioned yesterday that that wasn't a commitment in total but it's subject to a relatively slow economy and contained inflation, which is what we see now. A five-year security at slightly above 1%, to our way of thinking, as it rolls down the yield curve and becomes a four-year, produces close to a 2% return and is that a super, deeper attractive type of return? No, it's not….but it's certainly better than nothing."

  • "We have reduced our Treasury commitment slightly. From the standpoint of duration, we have average duration of an average maturity across the board but we have been reducing Treasuries and investing in shorter duration corporates and rather heavily in the agency mortgage market. You can get, with a Fanny or a Freddie coupon that is a 4% coupon, you can realize 3% as opposed to the 2% or 1% - I mentioned in terms of five-year space. We're really focusing on spread and the lack of volatility going forward for the next two to three years which is really the domain of 30-year and 15-year mortgages."

On finding investing opportunities in developing countries: 

  • "Where is that attractive growth? Countries like Brazil, countries in Asia, China-related of course. These countries don't come without risk. They don't come without a rather volatile situation in terms of inflation or potential currency disorder. If an equity investor is looking for growth, you want to go developing as opposed to developed. Even a bond investor, if you are looking for higher real rates such as in Brazil, you want to go to developing as opposed to developed."

On whether PIMCO will buy Russian five-year notes: 

  • "We're looking at the five-year, not the 10-year or the 30- year. At 230 basis points over the U.S. five-year, that's an attractive situation. That doesn't come without risks. It is a triple B+ type of security in terms of sovereign space and has a history of default going 10, 11, 12 years back. At these spreads and with situation currently, this is an attractive situation compared to U.S. Treasuries."

On buying hedges against fat tail possibilities:

  • "What we're suggesting now is not an extremely negative possibility. That would be the fat left tail. But also the fat right tail, we've had a fat right tail in equity markets for the past 3-6 months…On the left-hand side, you know, the bi-model possibility in terms of a downturn are simply a reflection of the high degree of leverage, the high degree of debt and the policy coordination which may or may not be helpful in terms of producing this smooth, rather bell-shaped mode or median we're all used to."



2. Corner of Perception & Reality - David Rosenberg on BTV's Inside Track (06:56 minute clip) - Tuesday, March 27

Last week, Rich Bernstein cautioned CNBC journalists: 
  • "one has to be careful beating up Dave because Dave has an uncanny ability to be right when people think he is really stupid."
Guess Scarlet Fu and Sara Eisen of BTV didn't get that memo. Because they beat up on David Rosenberg in this interview. We will not repeat the statistics Mr. Rosenberg gave on CNBC Squawk Box a week ago (see clip 1 in March 18-March 24 Videoclips) but will include new comments or new metaphors:
  • since [the labor market report], for every economic indicator that surprised to the upside, two economic indicators surprised to the downside...I actually think we are going into the 2nd Quarter with the economy on the down escalator in terms of momentum...
  • its when you get to this cross street called the corner of perception and reality....a year ago we had the QE2 rally, now we have the post LTRO rally...these are rallies you can rent, not rallies you can own...the corner of perception and reality began last year in late April - early May...people are going to be surprised how soft the economy is going to be for the next several months...
  • There is a chance you will get QE3 but do you really think it is gonna happen with the S&P at 1400..when he came with QE2, the S&P was at 1100.....I think the hurdle for QE3 is higher than people think...this is a market juiced up by central bank actions and they are going to be disappointed...QE3 is gonna come but at a different level of everything, from economic activity to stock market...it is not going to be at today's levels...
  • if the market were driven by fundamentals, we would not have had for the last couple of years, three significant sell offs in the stock markets and on top of that two double dip scares....

3. Dow 15,000, Dow 17,000 - Jeremy Siegel on CNBC Squawk Box - Thursday, March 29

Dow 15,000 or even Dow 17,000 is definitely possible by end of 2013, said Professor Jeremy Siegel to CNBC's Becky Quick. Why? He explained:
  •  "not only based on past evidence but about returns in past 5-year, 10-year periods...but most persuasively because of valuation of the market. Compared to bonds, it is one of the cheapest markets I have seen."
This is based on his absolute conviction about rates:
  • "bond funds which have done very well until about 2-3 weeks ago..because I see absolutely no way that rates can stay any where near this low and then if you don't have bonds to go to, where are you going to go?"
But another Professor (ex-Princeton & current-Georgetown), insists that rates will be low until the end of 2014. That Professor is, of course, Ben Bernanke who has a little more clout than Professor Siegel. Unfortunately, none of the CNBC Anchors asked him to explain what would happen to his thesis if he turns out to be wrong and Bernanke turns out to be right. Joe Kernen threw him a soft ball about what happens when rates begin to rise and Prof. Siegel answered correctly that stocks can easily rise during he early period of Fed tightening because the economy is improving and earnings will rise. 

Professor Siegel said he does not need the earnings growth "because earnings are so good compared to prices in this extremely low interest rate environment". This is the "1990s redux" argument and it could be correct if the economy doesn't take a dip. On the other hand, if interest rates remain low due to slowing growth and deflationary conditions, then that is not bullish for equities.

By the way, Professor Siegel thinks last year's rally was "derailed by the Japan earthquake" and he argues that the European crisis has been "put off" by the actions of the ECB. His bullishness rests in the end on the hope of the Great Rotation from bond funds into stock funds.

A short summary of his comments can be found at We'll see Dow 17,000 in 2013 on CNBC.com.


4, Bernanke on Dancing with Stars - Jim Bianco with Rick Santelli - Wednesday, March 28

Jim Bianco, the President of Bianco Research, is an astute analyst of markets. Here he speaks with Rick Santelli.
  • Santelli - Jim Bianco, great guest. Quickly durables improved versus last month. Last month revisions were highly negative. One or two sentences on durables?
  • Bianco - it shows that the economy is growing about at trend. trend is about 2.5%. not too hot. not too cold.
  • Santelli - I tell you what, Jim, I love this CNBC Great America economic survey, surprising too many. Are you surprised that tangible assets, real estate and gold, were number one and number two, 37% and 24% respectively trouncing treasuries, savings accounts and stocks.
  • Bianco - not surprised by gold. People look back and gold has been a good investment. Little surprised by real estate because it has not been a good investment. My take away there is they're not paper. The public does not like paper.
  • Santelli - Tangible things you can hold. That's what Americans seem to like. If you were Ben Bernanke and you read this survey on a scale of one to ten, one being sad. ten being happy. what do you think he thought?
  • Bianco - I think he's probably a two or three. I think he knows this. That's why he's doing his lectures at George Washington. He's on TV giving interviews, ABC last night. He knows that the Fed has a selling job to do that what they've done has improved the economy because most people don't think that that's been the case and that's what the survey shows.
  • Santelli - I remember in the partially in the '90s and partially late '70s and early '80s when Wall Street wasn't doing well, it seemed like they wanted to talk recession. When Wall Street is doing well, they never think that way. I think this is another one of those examples where Wall Street sees activity and Main Street doesn't and I think that's why these surveys are turning out the way they are. thoughts?
  • Bianco - I would agree. There is a definite disconnect between what is happening in the financial markets and what is happening in the real markets right now. The public is still not believing that things are getting better. Steve's right track/wrong track numbers were not good at 26% with people thinking we're on the right track and rest thinking we're on the wrong track. There is a big disconnect between the two. It's now getting problematic for the federal reserve.
  • Santelli - Another issue that we can go quickly. Everyone says asset allocation. Stock numbers are low and part of mutual funds where people aren't pro-actively making a decision. Is the giant quid pro quo exposed? Meaning if you are one of the groups that all of these programs bail out, institutional side, bankers, insurance companies, they now buy Treasuries because the public isn't and I think this gives us great insight into programs and who likes them  the same ones that central bankers cater to - other bankers.
  • Bianco - I would agree. The survey confirms what we see in mutual fund flows. The public is not buying Govt. bonds funds. They are buying corporate bond funds. The public is not buying stocks. There is no asset allocation. There is no money. 
  • Santelli - programs are designed to get the public to go into those categories so I guess dancing with the stars should be the next stop in the campaign for the Fed to say that they have been successful.
  • Bianco - Why not?


5. Taleban-Sylvania? Ahmed Rashid with Jon Stewart on The Daily Show - Wednesday, March 28

Ahmed Rashid is a well-known author in Pakistan. His articles and books were reportedly required reading among Candidate Obama's brain trust in 2008. In fact, President Obama's Af-Pak strategy, the one that determined the stability of Pakistan was the overriding objective and the foundation for a successful American exit from Afghanistan, was based on Mr. Rashid's writings and opinions. So we were not surprised to see Mr. Rashid come on The Daily Show to market his book.

But we were highly surprised to hear the following question from Jon Stewart:
  • "Don't they think at some point the Afghan Taleban, once they get stronger, will turn to the Pakistani Taleban and say "do you know we both have the same last name, perhaps we should get together and create Taleban-sylvania?" Is their fear of India, which is why I assume they are trying to quietly support the Afghan Taleban, ovewhelming them or blinding them to some extent to the danger that strengthening this new Taleban regime has created. "
This is what we wrote about on August 9, 2008 in our very first article about Afghanistan on this Blog. That section was titled Danger to Pakistan - What kills you is the danger you don't see
and our article was titled Afghanistan-Pakistan - Will the Sins of England be visited Upon America?

This is also what Ambassador Blackwill meant in January 2011 when he talked about "emergence of an irredentist Pashtunistan and undermine the stability of Pakistan?"

Now that Jon Stewart has taken this concern to main street, could we see this discussion in the New York Times? Probably not, not until the Obama Administration makes it a part of its own Af-Pak story.



Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter

10 Most Popular Articles in the 1st Quarter of 2012



Below are this Blog's 10 Most Popular Articles in the 1st Quarter of 2012 (in terms of viewer hits).
 

1. The Karna-Arjun Battle in The Maha-Bharat - Beyond Adjectives - September 20, 2008 - This is by far the most popular article since the inception of this Blog.


2. Gandhi vs. Lelyveld - Are Editors of Washington Post and New York Times Biased Against Hindu Ethos?
- April 16, 2011 


3. Cricket Lets In The Rabble - Anglophilia or a Tinge of Racism? - Our opinion of a Wall Street Journal article - June 20, 2009


4. Another Flagrant Mischaracterization of Indian History by a Financial Times Writer? - Journalistic Negligence, Misconduct or Sheer Anti-Indian Prejudice? - May 29, 2010


5. Cultural & Religious Defamation Tacitly Accepted By New York Times Editors? - January 23, 2010


6. Greatest Acquisition of the 20th Century & Its Impact on the 21st Century - October 8, 2011


7. America & India - Political Look Back at 2011 and Ahead to 2012-2020 - December 31, 2011



8. Analysis in Robert Kaplan's "Monsoon" - Similar to Analysis of Sub-Prime CDOs? - November 11, 2010


9. When Did Indian Society Lose It's Attitude? Our Answer Might Surprise You
- April 10, 2009


10. Afghanistan - Read These Washington Post Articles September 17, 2011



Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com
OR @ MacroViewpoints on Twitter

Happy New Year to All



Friday, March 23 was the beginning of the New Year based on Indian lunisolar calendar. It is the celebration of Gudhi Padwa, the festival of celebration of the New Year. Mumbai was closed for business and open for celebration. 


      (pictorial representation of a Gudhi)             (picture of a Gudhi)                  (Rangoli painted inside a home)                   
                                                                  (source of pictures - Wikipedia)


Padwa is a word derived from the old Prakrut "Paddava" which itself comes from Sanskrut word "Pratipada" or first day. It is celebrated by erecting a Gudhi outside a home and with a colorful "rangoli" inside the home.

Guddhi Padwa has a philosophical and historical significance. It is the first day of the Chaitra month and  marks the beginning of the season to reap crops. It also marks the first day of Earth after the great flood that wiped out all humanity except the family of one man. In deed, the word "man" is said to have been derived from that sole survivor, Manu.

The great Indian epic, the Maha-Bharat, portrays the event of that great flood - Brahma the Creator selected Manu to be the sole survivor of the flood and the progenitor of humanity after the deluge. The story goes like this:
  • One day, Manu saved a small fish. The fish eventually grew to be a great fish with a huge horn on his head. This great fish came to Manu one day and told him about the great flood to come. The fish asked Manu to build a boat, get his family into the boat with seeds of every plant and a pair of every species of animal. The boat was built and ready. The torrential rains began. The great fish swam to Manu who tied the boat to the great fish's horn. The great fish pulled the boat safely through the flood waters to the top of the Himalayan mountain, the only dry place left on earth.
Gudhi Padwa is the day the world began again after the great flood. Since all men are the progeny of Manu, the sole survivor, they are called Manav. Since Sanskrut is the oldest of all Indo-European languages, the words for man in European languages are said to be derived from Manav, or sons of Manu.

The tale of the great flood has also been told in ancient texts like the Sumerian epic of Gilgamesh and the Christian Bible. Since the Ved, ancient Sanskrut texts, are widely accepted to be the oldest of human texts, their version is given greater weight. According to these texts, that great flood took place in the Himalayan range. After all, Indologists argue, no place on earth has as much snow, ice and rainfall as the Himalayan range and the tallest peaks on earth, the Himalaya, were probably the only dry places left after that global deluge.

The day of Gudhi Padwa is also celebrated as Nowruz or the beginning of the Persian New Year. This word and the celebration goes back to the Avestan period in Persia, known to many as the period of Zarathustra or Zoraster.  It is still celebrated in today's Islamic Iran.


Happy New Year to all our readers.



Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter


Essential Technology for Society's Growth - Wisdom of Robert Shiller


The last three centuries have been owned by England and America. No other country or continent in the world has been able to compete first with England and now with America. There were several reasons for this dominance, industrial innovation and naval supremacy being two often cited. But underlying these was the foundation that allowed old England and today's America to grow industrially and militarily.

That foundation is the critical technology of finance. Today the U.S. Dollar is the unquestioned reserve currency of the world. In the 19th century, it was the British Pound. England established the modern foundations of central banking and its financial innovations allowed England to grow strong in a way France and Prussia could not match. Today, America is unmatched in the scope and farsightedness of its financial innovations.

This progress has been ignored or misunderstood by traditional philosophers, historians and thinkers. Very few think of finance as a technology, a critically needed technology that can help create and maintain what is termed as a "Good Society". Instead, as a result of the 2008 credit bust, finance is treated with derision if not outright vilification. As Professor Robert Shiller of Yale writes:
  • "Hostility runs high towards societal institutions that are even tangentially associated in people's minds with finance. This hostility is reminiscent of the public state of mind during the last major world financial crisis - the Great Depression after 1929 - which led ultimately to a degree of unrest that shut down much of the world economy and contributed to the tensions that led to World War II."
This makes his new book Finance and the Good Society timely and important. Just a quick look at contents of Part Two of this book would make you look differently at Finance. For example, Professor Shiller discusses "Finance, Mathematics and Beauty" and takes a look at "Financiers among Artists and Other Idealists". Part One of the book takes into account today's public hostility and examines the various organs of the body of financial capitalism.

If you wish to understand the beauty of financial theory that has inspired great minds and its application to economical development of modern society, read Finance and the Good Society by Professor Shiller. Below we review a few sections.


Why is Finance Critical?


Professor Shiller has argued often that the growth of a country is dependent on the growth of its financial system. We recall him warning in 2009 that efforts to reduce the size of the American financial system would result in slowing the pace of American recovery. This view was prescient. This has been the weakest economy recovery ever.

Professor Shiller points out:
  • "The gross value added by the financial corporate business was 9.1% of U.S. GDP in 2010. ... By comparison, it was only 2.3% of GDP in 1948".
To those who are troubled by this, Shiller says:
  • "...19.7% of the U.S. labor force in 2012 - supervisors, security personnel, members of the military, was involved in guarding in some form. The high percentage of our citizens paid to guard us and our installations and possessions is at its essence surely more troubling than the percentage engaged in the substantially productive activities of finance. Yet relatively few of us seem bothered by this statistic."
So again, why is Finance critical?
  • "In fact, finance has been central to the rise of prosperous market economies in the modern age - indeed this rise would be unimaginable without it." 

What is Finance?
  • "The  word finance is commonly thought of as the science and practice of wealth management - of enhancing portfolios, managing their risks and tax liabilities, ensuring the rich get richer."
The above is just one aspect of finance.
  • "At its broadest level, finance is the science of goal architecture - of the structuring of the economic arrangements necessary to achieve a set of goals and of the stewardship of the assets needed for that development."
Professor Shiller tells us that the word finance actually derives from the classical Latin term for "goal" - the Latin word finis, which is usually translated as end or completion. He explains further:
  • "Finance does not embody a goal. Finance is not about "making money" per se. It is a "functional" science in that it exists to support other goals - those of society."

Financial Innovations and Financial Capitalism

Professor Shiller writes:
  • "Financial capitalism is an invention, and the process of inventing it is hardly over. ... It will mean designing new financial inventions that take account of the most up-to-date financial theory, as well as the research revolution in behavioral economics and behavioral finance that has explored the real human limitations that inhibit rational and humane decision making."
In his section "The Inexorable Spread of Financial Capitalism", Professor Shiller describes how financial innovations emanating from Amsterdam, London, and New York are developing further in Buenos Aires, Dubai, and Tokyo. Specifically, he writes:
  • "But China, India, and Russia have seen a flourishing of financial sophistication and amazingly high economic growth rates."
Professor Shiller also strikes a note of worry:
  • "To be sure, financial innovation is still percolating, at a slow and conservative level, but major new financial inventions cannot be launched now because of fear."
This would be sad because,
  • "Creating and implementing such inventions will be the best tactic to deal with economic inequality."
This is perhaps the central message of Finance and the Good Society.


Finance, Aggression in Society, Global Conflict Management


Dennis Gartman, author of the globally distributed The Gartman Letter, likes to point out that historically societies with large numbers of unemployed young men have sent them to the border. The tactic is to let these young men vent their aggression externally rather than internally.

Professor Shiller devotes sections to discuss the concept of aggression in human beings. He brings up the ideas of Albert Hirchman (author of The Passions and the Interests) that man "as he really is" is driven by passions that often create conflict. Then Professor Shiller writes:
  • "A financially sophisticated economy provides an outlet for aggression that is substantially constructive and does not result in loss of human life."
Any one who has traded financial instruments or worked on a trading floor can easily see how human aggression can be channeled into trading, a much safer channel than was available to our ancestors.

Professor Shiller also discusses the work of Bruce Russett and John Oneal in their book Triangulating Peace.
  • "They conclude that three variables, measured for any given pair of countries, help explain the likelihood that these countries will be at war....Among these factors, Russett and Oneal found economic interconnectedness to be the most important...measured by volume of trade flows relative to GDP."
Professor Shiller links this to the 1773 work of Charles de Montesquieu:
  • "Montesquieu argued centuries ago that "movable wealth" prevents wars by creating a sudden and intense consequence for any military action. If countries are financially free to invest in each other, and have done so but have the freedom to withdraw these investments, then the situation creates an incentive for owners of that capital to use their influence to prevent war."
Finally Professor Shiller brings this all together:
  • "Financial interconnectedness may help prevent war for deeper reasons than those associated with the perceived risk to capital movements. Financial interconnectedness provides another outlet for aggressions, a civilized stage for the playing out of aggressive impulses and an environment in which exposure to risk is carefully chosen by each player, not determined arbitrarily by a military commander."
His message:
  • "Thus financial development may lead to a kinder and gentler - if not altogether kind and gentle - society."

Aristocracy, High Society, Caste Systems & Financial Democratization

Today, we see a "financial aristocracy" of sorts in American society. A few, only a few, can aspire to reach the levels of high finance that offer rich rewards, rewards far beyond those available to the majority of American workers. This may be one reason American society now views financial firms as intrinsically unfair and even detrimental to society at large.

Professor Shiller takes an opposite view. He argues that the concept of "aristocracy" or "high society" is fading around the world. He is right. For example, the New York Times reported recently that access to jobs and financial support is creating upward social mobility for Indian people from "lower castes", to use a British-Portuguese word. Shiller himself gives the example of Yale, the university where he has taught for some thirty years:
  • "Even my own university has seen a gradual transformation over the centuries from a training center for elite American families to an educational institution serving the people of the world. It has also become a financially sophisticated institution, given its success in investing its endowment....[its] goals are substantially social and benevolent, and reflexive of the views of a unique intellectual community."
This financial sophistication is unique to American Universities. Their counterparts in the rest of the world do not manage their own finances and rely instead on funding from their Governments. This may be the best illustration of how financial sophistication facilitates excellence in other fields, even in the unrelated ivory tower arena of University Education.

This brings Professor Shiller to his cherished goal - democratization of finance:
  • The democratization of finance as spelled out in this book calls for an improvement in the nature and extent of participation in the financial system, including awareness of the fundamental information about the workings of the system.
  • The democratization of finance works hand in hand with the humanization of finance....The rise of behavioral economics and neuroeconomics in recent decades provides a foundation for such an approach, for understanding how people really think and act.
Professor Shiller concludes his book with:
  • The key to achieving our goals and enhancing human values is to maintain and continually improve a democratic financial system that takes into account of the diversity of human motives and drives.
Read this book.


Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com Or @MacroViewpoints on Twitter

Interesting Videoclips of the Week (March 18 - March 24, 2012)


Editor's Note:  In this series of articles, we include important or interesting videoclips with our comments. This is an article that expresses our personal opinions about comments made on Television and in Print. It is NOT intended to provide any investment advice of any type whatsoever.  No one should base any investing decisions or conclusions based on anything written in or inferred from this article. Investing is a serious matter and all investment decisions should only be taken after a detailed discussion with your investment advisor and should be subject to your objectives, suitability requirements and risk tolerances.



1. The Worst Week of the Year!

That is what FinTV kept telling us on Friday as VIX was falling almost 5% to close below 15. This week, the Dow dropped by just over 1% and the S&P by about 0.5%. This is what used to happen intra-day just a few months ago. Financials & Technology just don't want to go down or stay down on negative days. And this is bull market leadership, the traditional leadership.

The news this week was really negative with China slowing down and Europe clearly slowing. We kept hearing about rumors of an imminent coup in China. Just a whiff of this stuff would have been enough to take the S&P down hard a few months ago. But, now the market just yawns

When different personalities like Richard Bernstein (clip 1 below) and Jim O'Neill (clip 2 below) come together (in spirit) to hail American "secular outperformance" and "long term structural improvement", perhaps the U.S. Stock market does deserve to yawn at global issues like China and EM.

The most succinct comment about the market's yawn came from Lawrence McMillan of Option Strategist:
  • "In summary, despite some weakening technical indicators, the market's trend is bullish until support levels (1375-1380) are broken".

2. The U.S. Economy

This, we continue to believe, is the most important determinant for the U.S. Stock market. So far, bulls like Jim O'Neill have won all the rounds in 2012. Economists who have been superbly correct in the past are now facing a degree of derision if not outright ridicule. But the two we follow seem confident about their pessimistic forecasts

Recently Lakshman Achuthan of ECRI wrote his defense in an article titled Why Our Recession Call Stands? He wrote
  • "when USCI (US Coincident Index) growth is in a downturn, it's an authoritative indication that overall U.S. economic growth is actually worsening, not reviving...the growth rates of personal income and industrial production have dropped to their lowest readings since the spring of 2010".
Mr. Achuthan also discussed seasonal adjustments made to the labor data to explain the number of jobs added. Interestingly, David Rosenberg also brought up this issue in his comments (see clip 1 below):
  • "The employment data were affected by seasonal adjustments. It felt like March and February, okay? If you apply the March seasonal actors to February, employment would have declined".
Mr. Achuthan's conclusion is succinct:
  • "The bigger question is, can unprecedented, concerted global monetary policy action repeal the business cycle? The objective coincident and leading indexes that we have always monitored are still telling is that it cannot". 
For a detailed rebuttal to Mr. Achuthan's article, read Figuring Out ECRI's Recession Call on EconoMonitor. 

David Rosenberg states rather simply that "We are basically reliving what happened last year." (see clip 1 below). His ex-colleague from Merrill Lynch, Richard Bernstein, cautioned people who laugh at Rosenberg's forecasts:
  • "one has to be careful beating up Dave because Dave has an uncanny ability to be right when people think he is really stupid."
So where should investors want to be if Mr. Rosenberg turns out to be right. Rich Bernstein spoke for himself:
  • "I want to be in 30-Year [Treasury] Zero Coupon Bonds".

3. Goldman Sachs call to Buy stocks and Sell Bonds  

On Wednesday, Goldman Sachs strategist Peter Oppenheimer issued a clarion call for investors to buy stocks and sell bonds. The specific call has been reported as:
  • "The prospects for future returns in equities relative to bonds are as good as they have been in a generation."
Jim O'Neill, Chairman of Goldman Sachs Asset Management, agrees with direction of Mr. Oppenheimer's call:
  • "it seems to me we're right at the start of the system of big long term structural things improving for the U.S."
Robert Kapito, President of BlackRock, made a similar sounding call when he stated Trillions could rotate into Dividend Payer stocks (see clip 4 below)On the other hand, Goldman's own US strategist David Kostin sees the S&P at 1,250 by year end, about 10.5% below this Friday's close.
  
Jim Biancofounder & president of Bianco Research, said the following to CNBC's Maria Bartiromo in response to Peter Oppenheimer's call:
  • "The story I don't think is new...Bonds have two components of return, they have their coupon and they also have their price change. If you look at total return of bonds up until...beginning of last week, they have outperformed stocks at almost every juncture, whether it is one-month all the way up to 30 years. They have actually been a very good investment."
Jeff Kronthal, co-founder & co-CIO of hedge fund KLF Diversified, said on CNBC Fast Money:
  • "a lot of their [Goldman's] call is really on the last page of their report which says you are going to have 10-year growth from 2010 to 2019 of 4.3% globally...the assumption of 4.3% growth to drive that [equity] call is really aggressive."

4. Treasuries, Gold, and Oil

TLT, the 20-30 year Treasury ETF, reclaimed its 200-day moving average this week after the big sell off last week. The 200-day moving average is pivotal to determining the action of long maturity treasuries in the near term as we argued last week. So we intend to watch it closely. Kudos to Jeff Kilburg of Treasurycurve.com for being correct again in asking CNBC-FM viewers to buy Treasuries on Friday, March 16. 

Jim Rogers is not ready to jump in to buy more Gold just yet, as he told CNBC-FM this week. He also would love to see a collapse in the Chinese stock market because then he can buy more. He is currently short Emerging market stocks as a hedge to his long commodity positions (see clip 3 below).

Someone is looking out for Oil as we wrote last week. Look at the action on Friday. The morning decline in oil prices reversed and Oil rallied hard in the afternoon on rumors of an Israeli attack this weekend. 


5. An Israeli attack on Iranian nuclear sites

Two weeks ago, we quoted from an article by Ronen Bergman, one of the most knowledgeable reporters in Israel:
  • "After speaking with many senior Israeli leaders and chiefs of the military and the intelligence, I have come to believe that Israel will indeed strike Iran in 2012".
Jeffrey Goldberg is one of the most knowledgeable reporters about Israel in America. Last week, he wrote an article on Bloomberg.com titled In Iran Standoff, Netanyahu Could Be Bluffing. This week, he reversed himself:
  • After interviewing many people with direct knowledge of internal government thinking,..I'm highly confident that Netanyahu isn't bluffing - that he is in fact counting down to the day when he will authorize a strike against a half-dozen or more Iranian nuclear sites.
  • One reason I'm now more convinced is that Netanyahu and Defense Minister Ehud Barak are working hard to convince other members of the Israeli cabinet that a strike might soon be necessary.
When knowledgeable people reverse their positions and especially when they use expensive words like "highly confident", we think serious attention should be paid. A barbell of Calls on Oil and 30-Year Treasuries seems like good portfolio insurance to us. 


6. Undisclosed Reversal of opinion on Apple?

Last week we quoted comments about Apple from Carter Braxton Worth (CBW to CNBC's Melissa Lee) of Oppenheimer. He seemed pretty clear that shorting Apple would not be smart. Read his words straight from CNBC's transcript: (emphasis ours):
  • Melissa Lee - will he (Worth) be the first on television to say sell Apple? 
  • Carter Worth on Friday, March 16- if you want to stand in front of a bus. Look at charts. Look at a stat. Apple is now 40% above its 150 day moving average. that has happened 6 or 8 times since the ipo. every time it's higher. so we're talking about betting against all the odds that this time it's going to come apart. i want to show the current angle. this is why options trading is the right thing to do. here's a two-year chart. and this shows how excessive this move is. put this same picture on the long-term and you'll see again how far above trend -- that's the same channel but a five-year basis. it is a frequency that's only happened about seven or eight times since the ipo. extreme strength. i have one other thing i would show you. it's the long-term chart of price per share. versus earnings per share. this is back since 1992. a 20-year chart. the judgment is there's a lot of risk to go short apple. that's why we're going to talk about the options trade. for one that's long, is it time to trim? it's not a bad idea.
Trim, yes but short? Phrases like "a lot of risk" and "if you want to stand in front of a bus"
suggest that Carter Worth says No.  

But on Monday morning, Apple announced a dividend and a large buyback. That afternoon, Carter Worth came back on with CNBC's Bill Griffeth and seemed to say Apple could be shorted. Why seemed? Take a read or listen to his comments:
  • Worth on Monday, March 19 - so we went back and looked, for fun, how does apple do once reaching 40% above 150-day moving average. that's happened only 12 times since the ipo in 1982. ...only two times of the 12 where it goes lower. we are taking the contrarion bet that this will be one of those times because all the news is out.
  • Worth - long-term is quite interesting. this is going back since the -- since 2002. right. ten years. and it shows you quite precisely this channel that we have been in. and how basically, we're moving out of that channel for the first time in quite sometime. and that's also border line too far too fast. now if you are bold and want to go against the odds, sell short
  • Griffeth - everything says it's too expensive. crowded trade. but we have Goldman today issuing another price increase, going to $700. and you're still not convinced it is time to take profit share
  • Worthstats argue for higher prices....if you look at one in three months, every time this circumstances happen, 40% of that 12 times that happened since the ipo, nine out of 12 and 10 of 12 in the other, this is higher. this is making the bet where this is one of the rare times it is not sustained. we will see.
So he is "not convinced it is time to take profit" but he is "taking the contrarian bet that this is one of those times" it will go lower!  Also now it is ok to "sell short" when on the Friday before, it would have been like standing "in front of a bus". So what exactly are you saying, Mr. Worth? 

We applaud this change of opinion because we firmly believe in the Keynesian adage about changing one's mind when facts change. But we wish Mr. Worth had been forthcoming enough to tell CNBC viewers that he was changing his opinion from the previous business day. 

Notice that the facts also changed between Friday and Monday. On Friday, Apple had been 40% higher than its 150 day moving average "6-8 times since the IPO and every time it had been higher". On Monday, Apple had done so "12 times since the IPO and on 2 of these 12 occasions", Apple had "gone lower". Again, we applaud the more diligent fact checking done on Monday. But, Mr. Worth, why didn't you own up and tell viewers you had made a mistake on the previous day. That's simply not done, at least not by a Gentleman! Wouldn't you say so, Mr. Worth?  


7. The Rest of the World is pouring in Myanmar

So said the veteran investor Jim Rogers on CNBC-FM (see clip 3 below). He also gave Myanmar the greatest compliment he could by comparing the current Myanmar opening to China's opening 40 years ago. Anchor Melissa Lee was surprised, almost stunned to hear such praise about Myanmar . Clearly Ms. Lee does not read Stratfor. (Not done, Ms. Lee, not by an anchor of the "First in Business Worldwide" network.) 

Those who do read Stratfor should run not walk to the superb article by Robert Kaplan titled How Myanmar Liberates Asia on Stratfor.com. We include a couple of excerpts below:
  • Geographically, Myanmar dominates the Bay of Bengal. It is where the spheres of influence of China and India overlap. Myanmar is also abundant in oil, natural gas, coal, zinc, copper, precious stones, timber and hydropower, with some uranium deposits as well.
  • Myanmar will develop into an energy and natural resource hub in its own right, uniting the Indian subcontinent, China and Southeast Asia all into one fluid, organic continuum.
  • Indeed, Kunming, in China's southern Yunnan province, would become the economic capital of Southeast Asia, where river and rail routes from Myanmar, Laos and Vietnam would converge... 
  • ....both India's northeast and Bangladesh will benefit from Myanmar's political and economic renewal...More broadly, a liberalized Myanmar draws India deeper into Asia, so that India can more effectively balance against China.
Kaplan's conclusion:
  • But given its immense natural resources and sizable population of 48 million, if Myanmar can build pan-ethnic institutions in coming decades it could come close to being a midlevel power in its own right -- something that would not necessarily harm Indian and Chinese interests, and, by the way, would unleash trade throughout Asia and the Indian Ocean world.
Those interested in the rivalry underway in Myanmar between China and India should read our article, Burma - Where China and India Collide - From "Monsoon" by Robert Kaplan.  

We confess we are just as excited as Jim Rogers about the opening of Myanmar. There is just so much history there and pristine natural beauty. The Free India Army marched in mid-1940s from South East Asia all across China through Burma to enter the northeastern states of India in the war against the British. And you know that any site of interest must have a Bollywood song. This 1949 song about Rangoon (now Yangoon) has become a cult song. For those who care, the You Tube clip is below:


This has been remixed several times in recent years. The old style is gone, replaced by needless display of skin and motion of undulating hips. For those who prefer such modernity, search for Mere Piya Gaye Rangoon (My lover has gone to Rangoon) on YouTube. You will get 7 pages of clips


Featured Videoclips:
  1. Richard Bernstein & David Rosenberg on CNBC Squawk Box on Thursday, March 22
  2. Jim O'Neill on CNBC Squawk Box on Wednesday, March 21
  3. Jim Rogers on CNBC Fast Money on Thursday, March 22
  4. Robert Kapito on CNBC Fast Money on Monday, March 19


1. Reunited & It Feels So Good   - Richard Bernstein & David Rosenberg on CNBC Squawk Box - Thursday, March 22

Richard Bernstein and David Rosenberg were for years the strategist and economist at Merrill Lynch. They added tremendous value to client of Merrill Lynch during their tenure. It was a very smart idea to get them together in one segment. CNBC even played the Reunited & It Feels So Good at the beginning of the segment. They were interviewed by Steve Liesman and Kelly Evans, the new talent at CNBC.
  • Liesman - Richard, you think has the American economy turned the corner here and have stocks fully priced in that turn?
  • Bernstein - I think the corporate sector is starting to come under pressure. The last reporting period was kind of disappointing. Largest number of negative surprises since 2007. However, the household sector continues to improve. Is it good on an absolute basis? No way. But I think it continues to improve.....Dave was the one who  pointed out many years ago corporate profits in 2007 were the largest percentage of GDP ever. I think that was a very important insight.
  • Liesman - David, the bearish call on the economy has not been the right one to date. Are you saying you've been early here and the worst is yet to come?.
  • Rosenberg - I would argue on the premise,,,We went into last year believing we would have 3-4% growth. We had 3% growth in 2007 and we would hit escape velocity and even improve on that. Last year, the real GDP growth came in at 1.7%, about half of what the consensus thought. normally going into the full 2nd year of recovery, GDP growth is closer to 4-5%. ..If you want to take a big picture perspective, this goes down as the weakest economic recovery ever, despite all the ramp in government stimulus. That really tells you something.
  • Liesman - ..in order for that argument to stand, you have to ignore the recent stuff. We had fourth quarter growth that was 3%. We've had several months in a row now of 200,000 plus growth, a pretty precipitous decline in the unemployment rate. So I wonder if you're missing the current boat that's leaving the dock here.
  • Rosenberg - no, I'm not. I'm basically doing what I do, which is dig beneath the veneer of the headline data, which makes for nice headlines. 3% growth in the fourth quarter, True. Two-third of that growth was just inventory. Real final sales were 1%. that's very weak. In the first quarter, we're coming off a January and February where the weather both months were 5 degrees above normal. That's a 3-standard deviation event....you had $30 billion of low are utility bills bring up cash flow for the household sector. So Rich is talking about the household fundamentals improving. well, you had basically a tax -- a de facto tax cut for the personal sector that's run its course. We haven't seen $4 gas hit yet. The employment data were affected by seasonal adjustments. It felt like March and February, okay? If you apply the March seasonal actors to February, employment would have declined.
  • Bernstein - I think this has been going on for two or three years. I think stock markets respond to better or worse, not the absolutes of good or bad. It hard to argue that the U.S. economy has not improved over past two or three years, even over the past year.
  • Evans - ...if we get data that says we're losing momentum, we're worried about year up, Asia, Global Growth slowing, do those negative surprises make it harder for stocks to keep climbing?
  • Bernstein - In the short term of course. The next reporting period could be messy in my view. But as you look out and look at the US economy over the next year, two years, three years, is the US economy going to improve more or less than other economies around the world? I think it clearly more, that we are in the early stages of a long term period of U.S. asset outperformance.
  • Liesman - how many jobs are because of the heat?
  • Rosenberg - I would say over 40% of the jobs created was weather related. What's productivity doing? It's going negative...Output is lagging well behind. This is what we had to last year's first quarter, Steve. we have four months in a row of private payrolls over 200,000, same sort of sentiment about escape velocity productivity was negative in the first quarter last year, corporate CEOs responded to that by curbing rehiring plans over the next six months. We are basically reliving what happened last year.
  • Evans - Dave, I'm curious how you express your views at this point? Do you like fixed income?
  • Rosenberg - what started really performing last year is what I call safety and income investing - so I think dividend growth, dividend yield themes will claim leadership in my opinion. Corporate balance sheets, we know are in great shape. You still pick up what 500 basis points spread in the high yield market over Treasuries. That's still a pretty good place to put money.
  • Bernstein - I will just say, one has to be careful beating up Dave because Dave has an uncanny ability to be right when people think he is really stupid.
  • Liesman - I just want to get your investment outlook. Do you think the market continues higher because of the outperformance of the United States to its recent past and to others around it.
  • Bernstein - I think expectations for the United States among investors are extraordinarily low. If you see where expectations are high, they are in emerging markets.
  • Liesman - where do you want to be Richard, if David is right?
  • BernsteinI want to be in 30-year Zero coupon bonds.
  • Liesman - I want to be under a desk (instant thought - does CNBC have that broad a desk? Sorry Steve).
This was a real interview.  Liesman & Evans are a pair who know their stuff. That made the interview fast paced and informative. Steve Liesman is a talent that doesn't get the recognition he deserves, we think. But Liesman and Evans did not ask the key final question. They did not ask Rich Bernstein whether he owns 30-year Zero Coupon Bonds in his fund and managed accounts. We wish they had. Because that would have told us whether he believes in Rosenberg's prediction or not.  



2. Start of Long Term Structural Improvement in US + China is Phenomenal - Jim O'Neill on CNBC Squawk Box - Wednesday March 21 

Jim O'Neill is the Chairman of Goldman Sachs Asset Management. He is of course the man who created the acronym BRIC. Here he takes a position that is directly opposite of both Richard Bernstein and David Rosenberg.  In other words, he is extremely bullish on BRIC/EM outperforming US-Europe and he is bullish on American economy, a believer in the escape velocity that Mr. Rosenberg referred to in clip 1 above. 
  • O'Neill - ... we find ourselves for the past period, particularly since August but on and off since '08 with two key things about that. 
    • one is we have low levels of real bond yield because many including policymakers don't believe things can ever return to normal, and 
    • the other one is we have people that don't believe world growth can ever do better than it did at point x in the past. Being Mr. BRIC, in reality despite western problem the world's economy growth rate is trending higher than it has been for the 30 years of my existence. all together it's really bullish for equities.
  • Kaminsky - Jim, good morning it's Gary and I'll say I was with Jim in early January and he was very bullish, very bullish in early January especially about US equity markets. Jim, let me ask you this....if the S&P essentially flat lined or maybe traded off the rest of this yearunder what circumstances do you foresee something like that possibly happening?
  • O''Neill - well, I guess a couple of things. 
    • one is, of course,...the economy loses the improving momentum it's had. that is, of course possible but I don't see that either.....it seems to me we're right at the start of the system of big long term structural things improving for the U.S. I'm not, you know, if that's wrong, then that would be one of the thing. 
    • the second thing is, of course, rising oil prices could cause at some point some pretty serious damage for the consumer,  and separately from both of those, 
    • if the Fed suddenly changes its mind abruptly and have a huge quick rise in bond yields that would become a threat to the equity market. short of those things I'm not sure. 
  • Ross - it's Wilbur Ross, given that everybody feels the bench rate is low on the historical basisand the next move will probably be upward why wouldn't you focus on absolute returns available in equities rather than simply the relative returns compared to the artificially low treasuries?
  • O"Neill - well, I do..... that's why the case is so powerful. The current consensus for worldGDP growth is about 3.5%, the current consensus for the U.S. is closer to 2.%.  I think the recovery momentum in the U.S. is at least 2.5% moving possibly towards 3% and for the world, you know, I get more concerned from an absolute perspective if the market price is in a world of 4% or more which is where we are trending up. So it's not just a relative thing it's an absolute thing as well.
  • O'Neill -  I've become fond of saying this year that China creates the equivalent of another Greece every 11 1/2 weeks. Guess what there is today their loss? 11.5 weeks into 2012. So today is the day that China has created since January another Greece. Who cares about Greece?...So long as Italy is supported and Italy does the right thing, people exaggerate still the global importance of all this stuff. Greece is a lovely country, wonderful people, have big influence on the world. But as an economy and its debt individually on its own it's meaningless.
  • O'Neill - I mean the structure of European Monetary Union has been shown to be flawed, and there are lots of issues that remain unresolved and not easy to resolve. Yeah, those things will bearound for probably considerable time in the future. But the idea that they are going to be the source of putting an end to the global bull market in equities I just don't buy that at all.
  • O'Neill - the whole reason why the world economy is trending higher is because of the BRICS. Even though China is clearly deliberately moving to a somewhat softer growth path, you know, as the place gets bigger, its impact on the world alone becomes more and more. We're only three years off maximum, maybe two years before the 4 BRIC countries become bigger than the United States. These guys between them are driving the world economy. So they are the biggest global story, the next 11 you referred to involves a few of the countries that are also becoming more important such as Indonesia, Turkey, Korea, Mexico. if you put those 4 together with the BRICS, this decade, those eight will create double the amount of global GDP that Europe and the US will do put together. 
  • O'Neill - last year, China went from 5.7 trillion to 7.3 trillion = 4 trillion in change in one year. Greece is 300 billion. so you take 300 billion into 4000, it's 11.5 weeks. So China creates the economic equivalent of another Greece every 11.5 weeks. They are not far off creating half the United Kingdom these days every year. or 1/10th of euro every year. China thing is phenomenal. Even with it slower rates of growth itself. my opinion on that part it, I'm a bit of a mystery as to why people were freaked out when Premier comments of 7.5% growth. The Chinese latest five year plan which is now over 12 months old told us they were assuming 7% growth. that's because the Chinese are deliberately focusing on the quality of growth and decidedsometime ago that the days of 10% plus growth were no longer persistently helpful to deal with their ongoing challenges.


3. I hope the China market collapses so... - Jim Rogers on CNBC Fast Money (04:56 minute clip)  - Thursday, March 22

Jim Rogers, the famous investor and lover of commodities through thick and thin, woke up early in Singapore to speak with the CNBC-FM crew, Anchor Melissa Lee, trader Guy Adami and guest trader Keith McCullough. We are glad he did.
  • Lee - Jim, in terms of the pullback that we've seen most recently on these China concerns and they started before the HSBC PMI numbers were out today and started this week with the comments from that BHP executive about slowing iron ore demand. Where did you look to first take advantage of this pullback? 
  • Rogers - Melissa, China has been trying to slow its economy down for three years. They have been trying to pop the real estate bubble for three years, so it's finally bearing fruit, and I'm delighted to see it. They need to do that. It will be good for China, good for the world and it will present opportunities for all of us. I hope that the Chinese market collapses so I can buy Chinese shares.
  • Lee - So at this point, you're not using minor pullback because you're anticipating a bigger one which will be a bigger buying opportunity in your view?
  • Rogers - I certainly expect the world to have more of a slowdown in the next year or two and that will be an opportunity for all of us.
  • McCullough - Jim, if you look forward and you see a potential sovereign debt crisis in Japan,  so think about Japanese yen down 10%, U.S. dollar up 10% from here. How do you think about risk managing your long commodities exposure in that environment?
  • Rogers - Well, I usually try to have some shorts of something. I'm long commodities. If the world economy gets better, commodities are going to do better because of shortages. If the world economy doesn't get better, they are going to print money. It's the wrong thing to do, but when they print money, you should own real assets, So what I will do is I will have shorts, probably in the stock market, to protect myself. I'm nearly always hedged one way or the other. For instance, right now I'm short emerging market stocks as a potential hedge.
  • Adami - Jim, thanks for waking up so early. If the collapse in the Chinese shares come to fruition, my belief is that this whole run up shares is predicated on continued China growth. What does that mean for the U.S. stock market?
  • Rogers - well, I'm very pessimistic about the U.S. stock market. Certainly, by the end of this year and into 2013 and 2014, it doesn't even mean it won't continue to rally this year. There's an election this year. Obama wants to get re-elected. He's doing everything he can to get re-elected, spending money, printing money, putting out good news, artificial or not, but later this year it's all going to catch up with us. I happen to agree with you 100%. I'm really worried about 2013 and 2014.
At this point, CNBC-FM decided to make money and took a rather unnecessary break. In the process, they hyped up the next big opportunity Rogers sees. Every investor should learn from the investing discipline of Mr. Rogers - He is "nearly always hedged one way or the other". Investing is always about risk-hedged reward and not based on hope. 
 

  • Lee - Let us go directly to what you see as Asia's best kept secret, Myanmar? How the heck do you invest on Myanmar?
  • Rogers - well, Melissa, Myanmar, is an astonishing opportunity. 50 years ago, the richest country in Asia and now it is the poorest country because they were closed off. Now they are just opening up as China did 33,34 years ago. I find it wildly exciting. The problem though is that for Americans it is illegal to invest there. We live in the land of the free, Melissa and so we can't invest where we want to. The rest of the world is pouring in there. There is nothing I can do right now except wait and watch and hope that the day they say you can invest I can jump in.
  • Lee - You want to short long term US Government Bonds. Are you short right now?
  • Rogers - Yeah, I shorted some yesterday. But Melissa, I hasten to tell you, my timing has not been very good in the bond market the last 2-3 years. So if I am doing it,  it is probably the wrong timing.
  • Lee - And you have been long Gold & Silver for quite some time. You are advising people to wait for a pull back? what sort of pullback would attract you to add to your positions?
  • Rogers - If Gold and Silver go down, again I am a bad market timer, if they go down, I will be buying more. If it goes under $1,600, I will buy a little. If it goes $1,500, I will go a little more. Who knows how low it can go? Gold has had big corrections during bull markets in the past, if it got down to $1,200 or $1,300, I hope I am smart enough to buy a lot more. That is not a prediction. I am just saying, if it happens, I hope I can jump in and buy a lot more. Because Gold is going to go much higher and silver too over the next decade
Recall that Jim Rogers advised CNBC viewers against buying Gold on November 29, 2011 (see clip 3 of Videoclips of November 28 - December 2, 2011 article) when it was fashionable to do so. Kudos also to Mr. Rogers for admitting he has been wrong on the bond market for the past few years. Just search for Rogers with this Blog's advanced search function for evidence. Mr. Rogers does great service to CNBC;s viewers by pointing out his mistakes. Will Doug Kass follow his example and admit to his mistakes in advising CNBC viewers to short TLT or Treasury Bonds?



4. Trillions could rotate into Dividend Payers - Robert Kapito on CNBC-FM - Monday, March 19

Mr. Kapito is the President of BlackRock, the largest asset management firms in the world. Here he reiterates the message that Larry Fink, BlackRock's Chairman/CEO, has been sending since June 2011. Listen to the clip or read the summary article Trillions Could Rotate into Dividend Payers on CNBC.com. We include key excerpts below:
  • $10 trillion is sitting in bank accounts – and at these low rates,” he says. Eventually he thinks people will grow tired of earning almost nothing on their savings. “If only 10% of that money comes out of banks – that’s $1 trillion that could go into the market
  • Although he thinks commodities, real estate and MLP’s will all benefit, he’s particularly enthusiastic about dividend-payers. "We love the equity dividend story," he says. "Companies are the beneficiary of low rates, so what are they doing, they're raising dividends and buying back stock."
  • if you’re looking for individual names, “Merck, Pfizer, Verizon, and Johnson & Johnson are all yielding between 3-5%. There are  lots of opportunities,” he says.

Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter  

 

America in Afghanistan vs. America in Iraq - The Difference is the Key


This week, the Afghanistan strategy of the Obama Administration was ripped apart. Stratfor wrote, "The conflict's inherent contradictions are being laid increasingly bare". Mathew Green of the London-based Financial Times wrote that the recent killings have "not only unmasked the ugly face of the campaign but has cracked every faultline wider – the divide between Afghans and the Nato force, the divisions between Afghans and their government, and the gulf that separates leaders in Kabul and Washington."  

Yet, these articles simply describe the symptoms. Neither article discussed the reason for either the "inherent contradictions" or the "faultlines". The temptation is still to look for superficial similarities in search for answers. We saw this with Bill O'Reilly in his conversation with Lieut. Colonel Ralph Peters  when he brought up what worked in Iraq. We can't blame Mr. O'Reilly because the Obama Administration has based its strategy on the same fallacy. That is why President Obama asked General Petraeus to implement in Afghanistan the counter-insurgency strategy that he had used in Iraq. That strategy has failed and failed badly as this week's events showed.

Iraq was a relative success for America because of fundamental, structural reasons:
  1. The result of American intervention in Iraq was deliverance of power to Iraq's long suffering Shia majority and freedom from tyranny for Iraq's minority ethnic group, the Kurds. The insurgency in Iraq was by elements among the Sunni minority who had ruled Iraq for decades. The insurgency was brutal in the extreme but ultimately winnable because the Iraqi majority was on America' side. The new Iraqi National Army was drawn from the majority community and had the most basic of incentives to work with the American military - stabilize the rule of the majority and maintain peace.
  2. The geographical factor was also conclusively in America's favor. The minority Sunni insurgents had no where else to run. Iraq was a single cohesive entity and all the Iraqi people lived within that cohesive entity. So it was possible for American counter-insurgency strategy to isolate, surround and destroy the virulent elements among the insurgents and bring the non-virulent into the fold.
  3. Iraq's neighborhood was supportive of the core American goal of bringing stability Iraq. Both Iran & Saudi Arabia, mortal enemies of each other, wanted a stable Iraq.
Despite these powerful fundamental and structural advantages, stabilizing Iraq proved to be a very turbulent, expensive effort. But because the American strategy was morally and tactically correct, Iraq eventually became a relative success for America.


 

(US Army Ethnolinguistic map of Afghanistan - src wikipedia)
(Pashtun - light green, Hazara - dark green)
(Uzbeck - offwhite, Tajik - dar
k grey)


Now consider how different Afghanistan is from Iraq and how American strategy is playing out there:  

  1. In Afghanistan, America is essentially waging war against the majority community, the Pashtuns. When a foreign military wages war against the majority of a country, it becomes an occupier. There are no two ways about it. The American efforts are supported by the minority Tajik, Hazara and Uzbek communities.
    1. These different communities live in geographically different areas of Afghanistan, the Tajik, Hazara & Uzbeks in the North and North-West while the Pashtuns in the South & South-East along the Pakistani border (see map above). Not only are the Pashtuns ethnically different, they also speak a different language.
    2. The new "Afghan National Army" trained by America is virtually all minority. It has utterly failed in recruiting Pashtuns. So the "Afghan National" army is a minority army that neither belongs in the majority Pashtun areas nor speaks the Pashtun language. No wonder, this army has been of dubious value to the American military. And no amount of training or money can change this reality.
  2. America is also at a major geographical disadvantage. Afghanistan is not a single cohesive entity. The line of control with Pakistan partitions the Pashtun population into two halves, one living in Afghanistan and one living under Pakistani occupation. So the Pashtun Taleban can easily run across to Pashtun havens across the line of control when attacked and return when the American soldiers withdraw.
    1. This is eerily similar to Vietnam where the Vietcong could run to North Vietnam and return back into South Vietnam at will. The American trained South Vietnamese army had the same ethnicity, the same language and the same culture. But that did not work.
    2. In contrast, the American trained Afghan Army has a different ethnicity, a different language and a different culture. How on earth can it ever be successful in stabilizing the Pashtun areas of Afghanistan?
  3. Then you have the neighborhood. Every single neighbor of Afghanistan realizes that the American plan is doomed to utter failure. So they are engaged in planning for the aftermath rather than supporting America's losing effort.
    1. The primary villain is Pakistan, the regime that America has called its "critical ally" for the past 10 years. A stable Afghanistan is Pakistan's nightmare. Such an Afghanistan will favor cordial relations with India. So not only with Pakistan lose its strategic depth against India but it will face a two-front problem. In addition, the Pashtuns in a stable Afghanistan will have every incentive to get the Pakistani-occupied Pashtun territories back under Pashtun control. Not only will Pakistan lose a large strategic chunk of territory but other minorities like the Baloch will be tempted to break away from Panjabi-dominated Pakistan. This is why America's "critical ally" has been working diligently to ensure that America fails conspicuously in Afghanistan.
    2. The other neighbors don't want Afghanistan to again become a vassal of Pakistan. So Iran, Tajikistan and Uzbekistan are engaged in helping their own communities prepare for the post-American struggle. These neighbors are supported by Russia and India.
When Afghanistan is so utterly different from Iraq, how can any one assume that tactics that worked in Iraq would work in Afghanistan? But that has been the foundation of American doctrine in Afghanistan. The consequences of this enormous error are the "inherent contradictions" and "faultlines" quoted by Stratfor and Financial Times.

We have maintained from the beginning that the Afghan conflict is essentially a Pashtun conflict. Any doctrine, any plan that is not based on providing self-government or autonomy to the Pashtuns, any tactic that does not take into account Pashtun aspirations is doomed to failure.

The reality on the ground is getting worse. The minority communities that supported America's involvement in the past are themselves getting angry. This, according to Stratfor, "marks an important inflection point". This could isolate the American military further from all segments of Afghanistan and convert it into a purely foreign occupier. Therefore, as Steve Coll wrote in the New Yorker this week, "There is no reason to march ahead, blinkered and fatalistic, burdened by a plan that may already have failed."

So what is Plan B?  The Plan B suggested by Ambassador Blackwill in January 2011 would let the US Military leave the southern Pashtun areas of Afghanistan and retire to the northern Tajik-Hazara-Uzbeck areas, a sort of a de facto partition of Afghanistan. According to Lt. Colonel Peters, America should take President Karzai at his recent word and withdraw all combat troops from Afghanistan leaving behind special forces and drones. These special forces should then concentrate on killing the terrorists that are hiding inside Pakistan.

Unfortunately, the Obama Administration has too much invested in its current strategy and this is an election year. So nothing will change until 2013. It could be a completely different neighborhood by then.

So why shouldn't America just leave Afghanistan? The most eloquent answer came from Steve Coll in his  New Yorker article:
  • "When NATO arrived in Afghanistan in 2001, it recognized that its governments had, during the dark nineteen-nineties, ignored the connections between Afghan suffering and international security. An exit of NATO combat forces is now a certainty. Perhaps it is already likely that NATO will leave behind another terrible civil war or a second era of widespread, coercive Taliban rule. The security of Afghans and Americans will remain linked, come what may." (emphasis ours)
In other words, we have no plan to succeed but we cannot leave. A textbook definition of a Quagmire!




Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter


Interesting Videoclips of the Week (March 12 - March 16, 2012)



Editor's Note:  In this series of articles, we include important or interesting videoclips with our comments. This is an article that expresses our personal opinions about comments made on Television and in Print. It is NOT intended to provide any investment advice of any type whatsoever.  No one should base any investing decisions or conclusions based on anything written in or inferred from this article. Investing is a serious matter and all investment decisions should only be taken after a detailed discussion with your investment advisor and should be subject to your objectives, suitability requirements and risk tolerances.



1. Hail to the Chief

This week, it again become clear. The Boss of the markets is Ben Bernanke. He and he alone determines what happens and not technicians/gurus who charge high fees for their predictions. Thanks to the Chief Fed-man, the stock market had a glorious week, the Treasury market got shot and Gold cratered. And Bernanke didn't even have to do anything. That is Power.

He is being thanked profusely not just by long investors but especially by Brian Moynihan of Bank of America. With BAC passing the stress test and hearing Meredith Whitney mention $10-$11, buyers poured into BAC. If you compare this week's charts, you will see that BAC completely blew away Apple in terms of performance. And this was in a week Apple touched $600 amidst frenzied options trading.  Impressive, but to match BAC gains, Apple would have had to reach $700 this week. So the week belongs to BAC and our pole position goes to Meredith Whitney who mentioned the $10-$11 level.


2. Banks & Financials

Two weeks ago, Louise Yamada told us (via BTV*) that the Nasdaq was breaking out of its 10-year base (clip 4 of February 27 - March 2 Videoclips). This week, Richard Ross of Auerbach Grayson told us (via CNBC) that the Banks/Financials are on a 4.5 year breakout. He added succinctly (see clip 2 below):
  • "when my charts look like this, I know they are going higher...we like those banks, we like those brokers".
A sour, and so far wrong, note was struck by Doug Kass on Tuesday after the monster rally inspired by the Fed that afternoon. He "doesn't see a whole lot lore upside. In fact, he thinks the next catalyst for the sector could be negative." What catalyst? He added:
  • "My main concern with banks over the next couple of months is economics, there's increasing economic ambiguity both domestically and abroad."

*BTV is our acronym for Bloomberg TV.


3. What's the Parallel - 2009 Or 2008, 2010, 2011?

The rally has been so strong that it begs for a parallel. In one sense, it feels like the rally that began in March 2009. Last fall, many experts described last fall as Europe's 2008. ECB began slowly but finally delivered a trillion dollar LTRO equivalent to France's GDP as Sean Egan reminded us last week. So why shouldn't stock markets behave as they did in 2009?

Recall that in 2009, the strongest economies in the world were the emerging economies. So emerging markets became the biggest beneficiaries of the stock rally. This year, the US economy seems to be the strongest. Europe is weak, the emerging economies are slowing down. So, in the parallel of 2009, shouldn't the US Stock market be the biggest beneficiary of the stock rally? Just as EM currencies were strong in 2009, why shouldn't the US Dollar be strong in 2012 with the US stock market?

On the other hand, 2012 seems to be tracing the pattern we saw in 2008, 2010 and 2011. These years began with a strong stock rally and a rally in Oil. The Treasury market sold off in March-April. During these years, the economy did not maintain its trajectory and the rally ended and then reversed. This was best articulated by Keith McCullough on CNBC Fast Money on Thursday on CNBC-FM:
  • "....this was the sucker move last year, Treasury yields spiked, every one said I gotta buy stocks and then growth slowed. That functionally is what we believe happens when oil is tracking anywhere above 96 on the WTI, never mind above 106,  growth slows as inflation accelerates, you can see that in ISM...we are seeing it in Asian numbers..we are starting to see it worldwide..."
Mr. McCullough was more direct on Tuesday on CNBC FM:
  •  "Between March and April of 2008, 2010, 2011 - do you want to do this again? How many times do we have to take the VIX to 1415 and create a story telling exercise that the Banks are cheap, Europe is fine...the reality is the storytelling has been equally impressive every time the VIX has hit this level. Every time you should have been selling stocks."
  • "..   if you go through the 2008, 2010, 2011 tops in the S&P 500 which are March to April, every time you've been burned chasing this concept of an economic recovery. Don't forget growth completely came unglued last year. Now it's unglued in the eastern side of the world.....I think U.S. GDP growth could get cut in half sequentially vs. the 3% Q4 2011 GDP number...first quarter GDP could be 1.5%....I like me for myself having not blown up in '08, '10, '11, what I like to do is raise cash. "


4. U.S. Treasury Market

Ben Bernanke broke the Treasury market this week. The 30-Year Treasury Bond lost over 4% between Tuesday afternoon and Wednesday's close. The yield on the 10-Year T-note climbed from 2.03% on Monday to 2.30% on Friday. The 10-year German and British yields also rose in a sort of confirmation of the US Treasury move.

Our friendly CNBC Anchors went semi-euphoric over this bond debacle and predicted that a Wall of Money that is "hiding" in Treasuries would move into stocks. We are not sure about a "Wall" but it would be entirely reasonable to expect investors to get out of their bond funds if yields keep rising. Before we quote from some "experts" about the direction of Treasury yields, allow us to point to a simple but critical point. 

On Friday, TLT, the 20-30 year Treasury ETF, closed just above its 200-day moving average. Look at the 5-year chart of TLT below and note the importance of holding the 200-day mv:



Whenever TLT has decisively broken down through its 200-day mv, it has fallen steeply and sharply. Whenever TLT has bounced off its 200-day or quickly recrossed above it after a small decline, it has rallied sharply or exploded as it did in 2008 and 2011. This pattern goes back to March 2007.

So next week could prove pivotal for the Treasury market.

Last week, we quoted John Ryding (ex Bear Stearns) tell BTV that 10-Year yields are headed to 3.75% later this year. George Goncalves of Nomura told CNBC-FM on Friday:
  • "I think there is a lot of down side...I think we will get to 2.50%. That will force more selling and push the rates above 2.50%."
In contrast, Jeff Kilburg of Treasurycurve.com asked CNBC viewers to buy Treasuries and Silver for a rally next week.
 

5. Gold, Oil & FX

Gold and Silver fell hard on Wednesday and Thursday.  Jeff Kilburg, as we said before, suggested a long trade for next week. A longer term opinion came on Friday on CNBC Money in Motion from Carter Worth of Oppenheimer:
  • "This is an important development for a big asset. It has been going up for 12 years in a row. And the 150 day moving average is now downward sloping for the first time in a long time. This has all the hallmarks of a major topping out formation. It is a very crowded trade worldwide and there is a phenomenon when you have a multi, multi year move how they come to end dramatically."
Oil also fell on Wednesday and Thursday. But unlike Gold, Oil has a someone looking out for it. So on Friday, Oil rallied sharply as worries about Iran intensified.

Mary Ann Bartels of BAC-Merrill Lynch sees higher oil ahead:
  • oil has had a bullish technical breakout. we call it a classic head-and-shoulders bottom. maybe we'll get a neckline in there. we've broken above that. as long as crude oil stays above $104, it's targeting $115, and maybe in later in the year we might see crude climb to $130.


6. The U.S. Stock Market - "Expert Opinions"

We thought we understood what "target for the S&P" meant. But after reading the comments made by Bob Doll on BTV's Street Smart on Friday, we are not sure. And Bob Doll is the chief equity strategist at BlackRock, the world's largest money management firm. Perhaps you can figure it out:

  •  "Our target coming into the year was S&P 1350 plus because our prediction was a double-digit gain in stocks.  If Europe stays in the background and behaves itself, we could see a whole lot of the plus and this could be a great year for equities....We're not changing our target. We could see 1550, and our target will still be accurate. "
So 1550 is simply 1350 plus? With such a wide latitude, the forecast of every strategist would be "accurate". See clip 3 below for a detailed summary of Mr. Doll's comments.

Mary Ann Bartels is the Chief Technician at BAC-Merrill Lynch. She spent virtually the entire Q4 of 2011 predicting that the SPX will trade down to 1098 in the first quarter of 2012. That's didn't work out. Now Ms. Bartels has gone the other way:
  • I think this year we can see the S&P around 1400 to 1440....we have to be cognizant of the fact that we're going into the end of the quarter. Many fund managers didn't really have the exposure to the market that they wanted. So I think in the back end of march, we're going to see the markets rally back up again.
  • I love tech. I believe that technology is entering a new secular bull market. From a technical perspective, it has been in a bear market for the past 11 years, it has been range bound since 2001. We have cleared that level. So we are on a path in the coming years to test the 2000 highs. We can see the Nasdaq composite back up near 4,000 again....tehc is theem based, cloud ia theme, internet is a theme, the tech mega caps that have been in a range for 10 years, we think they are trying to wake up and they can power the index.

Jason Trennert from Strategas is more cautious for the second half of 2012:
  • And that's mainly because of a big secular trend we are seeing in Government spending, there is a big fiscal cliff next year, probably going to have $425 billion of a drag from government spending alone...
In response to Mr. Trennert's comments, Ms. Bartels concurred and said "we might have a bump in the road in May, a sort of sell in May and go away."

And then we have the ever-bearish Walter Zimmermann of United ICap. He thinks the S&P will touch 1,000 by the end of 2012 as he told CNBC's Carl Quintannia and David Faber on Thursday, March 15:
  • when you look at the percent bullish on this stock market, it just hit 68% two days ago. now, actual all-time high in October 2007, it was only 69%. This is much higher than it was at the peak of the internet double. This has all the froth and ebullience of a bubble market, when you look at both sentiment and momentum. momentum divergence, indicating yeah, it's still going higher, but it's running on empty......
  • we see three main risks ahead.
    • Iran,
    • Portugal is in depression, and the core countries like Germany, very export dependent. They're going to start to suffer from this severe weakness in the periphery, the real problem in Europe is what we call a deflationary debt trap, as the economy shrinks, they can't carry existing debt. 
    • we think they're overlooking the problems in the U.S. economy.
Mr. Zimmerman is supposed to be a technician but he hardly ever makes a cogent technical case. He has been so wrong in his past appearances with Maria Bartiromo that we had to create our Bartiromo-Zimmermann indicator. This indicator says you should buy S&P calls when Mr. Zimmermann speaks Ms. Bartiromo's on her show. How has our Bartiromo-Zimmermann performed?:
  • On Tuesday, January 24, Mr. Zimmermann made comments about a bullishness extreme in the stock market, similar to his comments quoted above. That day, the SPY closed at 131.46. This week, it closed at 140.72, an increase of 7%.
  • On Friday, October 28, 2011, Mr. Zimmermann made some precise comments about how long that rally would last and advised put buying strategies. He argued "if this rally fails to break the may peak, then that in our book targets to 800. the double dip targets to 580. so there's significant downside risk.". That day, the SPY closed at 125.26. So the S&P has rallied by 12.3% since Mr. Zimmermann's appearance with Ms. Bartiromo in October 2011.
The above are just two recent examples. This indicator has worked for over 2 years. But, a caveat for those itching to buy calls on Monday. All previous Zimmermann appearances have been on Ms. Bartiromo's show. Hence our Bartiromo-Zimmermann indicator.  But this time, Mr. Zimmermann appeared on the Quinatannia-Faber show. So technically, the Bartiromo-Zimmermann indicator does not apply.

Speaking of someone who has not been right for some time, Tom DeMark communicated his views to BTV's Adam Johnson on Friday. A succinct summary was tweeted by Mr. Johnson:
  • DeMark to me: $SPX top at 1419-1426 is imminent, likely next week. Awaiting a final Day 13 count and then 'price flip' confirmation. 
We have a simple question for both Tom DeMark and Adam Johnson. Why not wait to get the Day 13 count and to get the 'price flip' confirmation and then make a definitive prediction?  Mr. DeMark has made a habit of coming on air to discuss imminent tops or declines before. For example, on February 21, Tom  DeMark said to Adam Johnson "So if we follow up with an up close tomorrow, we think the market is about ready to decline." We have seen how this conditional prediction turned out. This seems like having it both ways - if the prediction comes true, then take the credit. If it doesn't, then point to the condition to avoid blame.

Lawrence McMillan of Option Strategist wrote on Friday:
  • In summary, the price chart of $SPX is bullish and that's all that seems to matter right now. There are overbought conditions, though, and the market is starting to get farther from support (1370 and below) and thus any correction to the support levels could be rather painful, even though it wouldn't necessarily be a change of trend.

7. Apple

We began this article with a reference to Apple and so we end our stock market discussion with a couple of calls about Apple. The first is from  Carter Worth, of Oppenheimer:
  • "Apple is now 40% above its 150 day moving average, just reached that level. That has happened 6 or 8 times since the IPO. Every time, 1, 3, 6, 12 months out, it's higher. ... Here's a two-year chart, it is well defined channel and it shows how excessive and extreme this move is. Put this same picture on the long-term and you'll see again how far above trend -- that's the same channel but a five-year basis. it is a frequency that's only happened about seven or eight times since the IPO - extreme strength."
But Mr. Worth adds that if you are long Apple, it is not a bad idea to trim some. A stronger version of "trim" came from Steve Cortes (a contrarian trader on CNBC-FM), who announced on Thursday that he had shorted Apple at $595.  Why?
  • “The main reason: When I look at charts, I look at Google from late 2007, in late November 2007, and overlay Apple, present tense, over that chart it looks incredibly similar.....I do have tremendous qualms with the technical picture of Apple right now"
But Pete Najarian, his Fast Money colleague, took the opposite view:
  • "What I don’t think anybody seems to understand is, this is not a comparable to Google"

8. Fund Flows

Our favorite fund flows analyst, Michael Hartnett of BAC-Merrill Lynch,  commented on the Great Rotation this week:
  • potential for a "Great Rotation" from bonds to equities is significant (since 2008 bonds inflows = $480bn versus equity outflows of $48bn); but while equities saw biggest inflows ($9.6bn) since Apr'11, inflows into bonds ($7.6bn) continued this week, with majority into IG bonds & EM debt.
  • flows show shift from EM to US domestic demand theme. US equity inflows were $9.1bn... while EM equities saw a meager $0.5bn.
  • The three B's (Bricks, Banks, Bonds) are causing investors to short treasuries to the benefit of global equities... Trough in real estate = trough in bank stocks = trough in Bond yields.
  • Question now is magnitude & duration of move....Our recent call to take profits is wrong if The Great Rotation has started, forcing a dramatic change in asset allocation and a major equity breakout, which would be driven by either the banks or a bubble in "Best of Breed" large-cap multinationals.


Featured Videoclips:

  1. Meredith Whitney on CNBC Closing Bell on Wednesday, March 12
  2. Richard Ross on CNBC Closing Bell on Wednesday, March 12
  3. Bob Doll on BTV Street Smart on Friday, March 16

1. BAC to 10-11 & A New Brain needed for Citi - Meredith Whitney with CNBC's Maria Bartiromo - Wednesday, March 12

There was a time when an interview with Meredith Whitney was automatically the most important of the week. But recently, we haven't been able to find anything interesting or relevant in Ms. Whitney's interviews. This week, thanks to Maria Bartiromo, we found the acerbic Meredith Whitney we used to witness. For example, she answered "a new brain" when asked "what would it take for you to invest in Citi?"

  • Bartiromo - I want to get your take on where people are where people are allocating money. What's your reaction to the bank stress tests?
  • Whitney - The assumptions were draconian. The severe scenarios that were imposed upon the banks. I don't know that it's surprising, other than it came two days earlier than expected. We had a buy on JPMorgan for a long time. We've had a sell on SunTrust, which failed and we had an underperform on Citi which failed. I think Citi failed because it asked for too much and maybe didn't have an appropriate sense of what the Fed was expecting. It seems like a communication blunder. They can resubmit and pass.
  • Bartiromo - So you think Citi has enough capital?
  • Whitney - I don't know that - Citi is not creating a lot of capital. They still have that sizeable deferred tax asset. So the quality of their capital is not terrific. And they have risky assets, which is clearly demonstrated in the stress test. I found the stress test illuminating to read. But the group is oversold. In March of '08 when I first started coming on your show, I said the Banks should trade at best tangible book because they were taking huge hits to capital. I don't expect any huge hits to capital, so the Banks should trade at tangible or a little bit better. But that doesn't mean they're off to the races....So they still have to hold more capital, the leverage is lower, which is a huge challenge to higher returns on capital. You'll get long in the tooth these large cap banks, if you get, you know, 20%, 30% returns...then people are really going to pay attention to what are these guys earnings. The earnings outlooks are not that strong.
  • Bartiromo - you say the banks are oversold.
  • Whitney - They were oversold. They've come a long way in the last two days. Bank America still oversold, you know, I think $10, $11, people are going to start paying attention to what Bank of America earns, but with a 8-handle on it, it still has upside. JPMorgan has still upside. 
  • Whitney -- I'm a fundamental investor, so I want to know that there are legs to these stories. And I don't see huge legs -- you're getting a value trade and that's just about it. Now, the smaller banks are overvalued in my opinion and they're not going to be able to demonstrate real earnings. And people don't want to buy them in terms of they're not a consolidation story. you've got the large cap banks that are oversold. and the mid-cap banks, small-cap banks that are overbought.
  • Bartiromo - Let's talk about sort of the fundamentals here. Because of the earnings power. we're not sure if and when the Volcker rule is going to be implemented. that, of course, changes the revenue stream. You have a buy on JPMorgan, tell me about the earnings potential there.
  • Whitney - JPMorgan we upgraded, it was a value call. And I usually hate value calls because you get stuck too long in value calls. But the stock was just too cheap. They'll have a great quarter in capital markets. Fixed income has benefited enormously from the Europe LTRO program. So it's like the equivalent of the Fed's purchase program. So they'll have a good capital markets quarter. And their are other businesses, maybe okay with asset writeups. For the last two years, anyway, you've had a strong first half and terrible second half. I expect you'll have a strong first -- you know, decently okay first half, and a far weaker send half.
  • Bartiromo - Would you still sell Citi and Suntrust right here at these levels after the sell-off?
  • Whitney - I think Sun Trust is at -- you know, it's richly valued. So what's the trade here? You're just not going to make any money in my estimation on that name. And Citi, they don't have any earnings power. It's difficult to move that ship. They're investing in a lot of regulatory processes, but it's like the old broken-down Victorian house, you have to put so much money in to get to a modern equivalent of a new house. it's just -- their investment span is prohibitive. It's not that exciting in terms from an investment scenario. People were way too optimistic about Citi being able to earn a lot. 
  • Bartiromo - Are they going to be able to come back and get out of this this year?
  • Whitney - Oh, yeah. but that doesn't mean it's a fantastic home run investment, because they're still not going to grow. this was just a -- Citi failing is not a huge deal. It's reflective of the fact that someone gave them really bad advice in terms of what to go to the Fed with under the stress test. but I don't think it doesn't change the game. Citi hasn't been investable in four years.
  • Bartiromo - what would it take for you to invest in Citi?
  • Whitney - A new brain. They're stuck with what they have. It's just not going to happen.
  • Bartiromo - Let me move on to the Muni Bond market. It was a huge call you made on this program, and then you reiterated on 60 minutes, you talked about the possibility of defaults. Are you writing a book about it?
  • Whitney - I am writing a book about it. Look, you have Stockton that is on the brink of bankruptcy. You have five cities, including Detroit, which is on the brink of insolvency. It's fascinating, because there's been so much back room political maneuvering to keep these cities from going bust. California is trying to pass legislation to prevent municipalities from declaring bankruptcy. So there's been every effort on the part of the states to prevent this tidal wave of default, which will happen sooner or later. But look, it's happening at an accelerated pace. What's clear what's happened, social services are being cut dramatically. taxes are going up. You're going to get into multi-billion-dollar fiscal gaps. and so you'll have to keep cutting programs. You see the migration of the country shift. That's what I'm most interested in.
  • Bartiromo - Where is it happening on an accelerated basis. This is $3.7 trillion market and we've only seen $2.6 billion in default and it's not happening as you predicted it.
  • Whitney - I would argue that the number is a lot higher than that and they're not called technical defaults. It took how long for Greece to become a technical default. So they're insolvent. They're not paying their bills. And they're not called defaults, a lot of understated defaults. And I think that this is prolific. You're either willing to see it or you'll shut your eyes. If people want to tell me, oh, I was wrong, because this hasn't weighed out, stay tuned.
  • Bartiromo - What is your take on Europe right now? I mean, Greece obviously officially in default. Do you worry that Europe is going to spill onto the U.S. markets and the economy here, or do you think that things have been stabilized enough in the Eurozone to be contained?
  • Whitney - I think Europe has already spilled on into the United States to the extent that economically the slow growth in Europe has impacted companies. It has also benefited many US companies in terms of very low rates because no where else to go. So you have capital inflows into the US because of the duress of Europe. So ultimately things will normalize out and you start looking behind the kimono of US, the US doesn't look terrific. The US Corporations look fantastic.The US Banks look so much better than European Banks.
  • Bartiromo - Would you put money to work in US stocks here?
  • Whitney - There are some US stocks that I think are terrific... look there is a whole group of names that have outperformed and will continue to outperform. Look at Discover, the stock has been up 30% every year for the past 3 years. There is real fundamental growth. American Express - a terrific company.  Agriculture, freight companies there is a huge opportunity for investing in US equities and I am very bullish on some. I just haven't been interested in the financials for awhile.

2. We love financials and banks - Richard Ross of Auerbach Grayson on CNBC Closing Bell - Wednesday, March 12

Richard Ross is the Global Technical Strategist at Auerbach Grayson. His comments below need no discussion. A man in love with his charts and what they say to him.The specific chart he discusses is the 5-year, 200-week moving average chart of BKX, the KBW Bank Index:
  • We don't like financials and bank, We love them. That wasn't a head fake last night, just a sign of things to come...
  • [the chart] gives you very few signals, but when you get those signals, you have to respect them. We see the first breakout of the 200-week average in 4.5 years. In 2007, when we moved down from the 200-week moving average, you literally called the top in the S&P in 5 days. That is a very compelling sell signal, of course in hindsight.
  • I am giving you foresight right now. We have an equally compelling buying opportunity in the financials based upon this breakout above the 200-week.....There are a lot of stocks that make up this index that we like.
  • One stock in particular US Bankcorp. For on, the stock had very nice relative strength against its peers. It held up very well in 2010, one again in 2011 - created a very nice double bottom . you will see a very well defined trading range, 21 on the low end, 29 on the high end. Now, a decisive breakout with a technical break which suggests we go significantly higher ..a measured upside to 37, that's almost 20% from current levels.
  • When my charts look like this, I know they are going higher...we like those banks, we like those brokers.

3. 1550 is do-able - Bob Doll on BTV's Street Smarts
- Friday, March 16

Bob Doll is the chief equity strategist at BlackRock, the world's largest money management firm. The excellent summary below is courtesy of Bloomberg PR.

Bob Doll’s predictions for the stock market:

  • "This isn’t a year about economic growth or earnings, it's all about the probability of the left tail risk. How afraid are people? When the stock market yields the same as a ten-year Treasury, people are invested in a very afraid manner. My view is that this year is when fear dissipates some, the crisis premium comes out, the risk premium comes out and that means interest rates move up, spreads narrow and equity valuations move up." 

  • "Our target coming into the year was S&P 1350 plus because our prediction was a double-digit gain in stocks.  If Europe stays in the background and behaves itself, we could see a whole lot of the plus and this could be a great year for equities." 

  • "We're not changing our target. We could see 1550, and our target will still be accurate. It's all about Europe, if that left tail risk dissipates. At S&P 1550 stocks would still not be expensive…If Europe continues to heal and the Middle East doesn't blow up, 1550 is do-able."

On why market volume is so low: 

  • "There's still a lot of cash on the sidelines waiting to come in….I'm being a bit extreme, but I think stocks are the place to be. At some point we'll get a pullback, we'll get a sloppy period as things will go sideways, you've seen the mini-corrections and they last about one day and half because there's some many people are waiting for a pullback."


On what equities to invest in:

  • "I still think having a cyclical orientation - meaning you want to own technology, some energy, but I'm not afraid to buy some healthcare either to get some defense in the portfolio. What you really want is companies with good free cash flow."

On bank stocks:

  • "We have more [bank] banks than we did six months ago, but still not a big weighting there. While they've done well, I’m still concerned about where the revenue growth is coming from, what's the regulatory environment means. [The stress tests] were certainly a positive step in the right direction, but stress tests are all about credit…For earnings to grow, it's not going to be about less bad news, but where's the revenue growth?"

On interest rates impact on stocks:

  • "For me, it's about the pace of increase rather than the level. If we go up 10 basis points per day, as we did early this week, I'm going to get scared fast, but if it's slow but steady as I'm expecting, not a problem at all. Stocks are still cheap relative to bonds." 
  • "In a zero interest rate environment, at the short-end, 2 percent for a 10-year Treasury and very little inflation, 14 times growth for the S&P is cheap." 
  • "We're up 30% since the low of October 1st - for six months, that seems pretty quick for me. I think some people are just praying for a pull-back so they can put some money in."

On QE3:

  • "I don't think we're going to get QE3 if the U.S. economy is growing anywhere close to 3% and unemployment is falling. That's hardly the condition for an emergency, and QE3 is for emergencies. We don't have one, so I think it's on the back burner… The Fed's been a little bit more forward about that and markets have hung in there. For the bears among you, we're appreciating at a slower rate. We're a little overbought. We'll get a correction, but a correction could just be time without much change in price."




Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @Macroviewpoints on Twitter


"I Believe Israel Will Attack" - said Senator Feinstein. We Concur



This week something highly unusual happened in America. The Prime Minister of a Foreign Country virtually promised on American soil to attack another country. Look what he said:
  • And ladies and gentlemen, Israel must always preserve the right to defend itself.
  • The Jewish state will not allow those who seek our destruction to possess the means to achieve that goal. A nuclear armed Iran must be stopped.
  • And I promise you that as Prime Minister, I will never gamble with the security of the State of Israel.
  • Iran calls for Israel's destruction, and they work for its destruction - each day, every day, relentlessly.
  • None of us can afford to wait much longer.
  • As Prime Minister of Israel, I will never let my people live in the shadows of annihilation.
  • Never again will we not be masters of the fate of our very survival. Never again.
This, we heard from Mr. Netanyahu, the Prime Minister of Israel, on Monday, March 5, 2012.  He has served public notice that, regardless of what President Obama says, regardless of what 'expert' opinion says in America, in Israel, in any region of the world, he and his cabinet colleagues will do what they deem best at a time they deem most appropriate to protect Israel from the mortal danger they perceive to be imminent. 

We only know what is reported publicly. Senator Dianne Feinstein is the Chair of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence  and knows far more. So if you doubt our interpretation of Netanyahu's words, listen to Senator Feinstein tell CNN "I believe that Israel will attack... His resolve is very firm. No one should doubt that."

This is also the conclusion of Ronen Bergman, one of the most knowledgeable reporters in Israel. He wrote an excellent and detailed article in the New York Times on January 25, 2012. His conclusion:
  • After speaking with many senior Israeli leaders and chiefs of the military and the intelligence, I have come to believe that Israel will indeed strike Iran in 2012.
In that article, Mr. Bergman quoted the response of Israeli Defense Minister Ehud Barak to doubts expressed by top-ranking military personnel about the attack's necessity or effectiveness:
  • Barak said: “It’s good to have diversity in thinking and for people to voice their opinions. But at the end of the day, when the military command looks up, it sees us — the minister of defense and the prime minister. When we look up, we see nothing but the sky above us."
Mr. Bergman interpreted the phrase, "we see nothing but the sky above us", to mean that Barak and Netanyahu feel personally “in a very direct and concrete way for the existence of the State of Israel — indeed, for the future of the Jewish people." Mr. Bergman repeated these views last Sunday on CNN.

This a heavy burden Barak and Netanyahu carry. When you understand this burden, you realize that these two leaders will take the risks of action over the risks of inaction.

We understand this because at a formative age, we saw another leader carry this sort of personal burden. At that time, we saw another Prime Minister take a momentous decision of this type against expert advice and against the wishes of a powerful American President. 

That year was 1971 and that Prime Minister was Indira Gandhi. She had visited Washington DC to ask President Nixon to stop the genocide being committed by West Pakistani-Panjabi Army in East Bengal. The military regime in Pakistan was supported by America and President Nixon owed a special thanks to that regime for playing the middleman between America and China. So President Nixon and Secretary Kissinger merely extended diplomatic empathy for what India faced on its border but counseled patience.

Mrs. Gandhi was neither impressed nor deterred. In response to a Pakistani air attack, she declared war and sent the Indian Military Air Force & Army into East Bengal. Today Bangladesh is an independent country as a result of Mrs. Gandhi's courageous decision. 

This was a very hard decision. She knew the risks. She understood that both America and China would exert enormous diplomatic pressure and could threaten to intervene militarily. Both did. President Nixon ordered the US Seventh Fleet to move into the Bay of Bengal and China threatened to move divisions to the China-India border. It did not matter. Mrs. Gandhi had made a manifest decision for her country's future and she carried it through. This one decision, the huge victory she won for India makes Mrs. Gandhi the most popular, the most respected Indian Prime Minister to date.

This is not relevant to Israel. But Mrs. Gandhi's next set of decisions have a very direct bearing on today's Israel. During the next 16-17 years, Mrs. Gandhi and her successors had a number of opportunities to destroy the offensive capabilities of the Pakistani Military. The last such opportunity was in 1987-1988 when India could have destroyed the nuclear enrichment facility at Kahuta in Pakistan before Pakistan entered its "zone of immunity". The Indian Army was already mobilized and engaged in Operation Brasstacks on the Pakistani border, the largest land exercise since World War II.  

But the Indian leadership did not have the courage to launch a unilateral attack. The result - India now faces a nuclear-armed Pakistan that attacks Indian homeland through terrorist proxies, trained and armed by the Pakistani Military.

Israel sees this and has drawn its most important lesson from it. Israel will not turn into India. Israel saw its own citizens specifically targeted and killed by Pakistani trained terrorists in Mumbai in November 2008. They saw how Pakistan's nuclear blackmail restricted India's options for retaliation. Netanyahu and Barak will not let Israel be subject to such nuclear blackmail. Read the words attributed to Defense Minister Barak by Ronen Bergman:
  • From our point of view,” Barak said, “a nuclear state offers an entirely different kind of protection to its proxies. Imagine if we enter another military confrontation with Hezbollah, which has over 50,000 rockets that threaten the whole area of Israel, including several thousand that can reach Tel Aviv. A nuclear Iran announces that an attack on Hezbollah is tantamount to an attack on Iran. We would not necessarily give up on it, but it would definitely restrict our range of operations.”
We were in Mumbai during the November 2008 attack by Pakistani terrorists. We saw India's utter helplessness in the face of that horrible massacre of Indian citizens. So we understand on a deep personal level that Netanyahu and Barak would do everything in their power to stop Iran from going nuclear. 

That does not mean we support it. Like many US analysts, we are afraid that America will pay a very heavy price for an Israeli attack on Iran, strategically, tactically and economically. In fact, the consequences of an Israeli attack on Iran could be a protracted conflict in the Middle East and a recession for the global economy. Listen to what Zbigniew Brzezinski said on CNN on February 24, 2012:
  • We don't need go to war. And we have to make that very clear to our Israeli friends. They're not going to go to war by flying over our airspace over Iraq (perhaps he forgot that we got out of Iraq a couple of months ago). We're not going to support them. If they do it, they will be on their own. The consequences will be theirs, because the price we'll all pay, based on a massive war, which the Iranians interpret as being done with our connivance, will be disastrous for us in Afghanistan, in Iraq, in the terms of oil, but also in the Middle East more generally.  
Others have been even more vocal. The entire world could pay a very heavy price for an Israeli attack on Iran. Actually, Israel itself could pay a huge price. If America suffers and the American people come to blame Israel for causing global damage, then the US-Israeli relationship could unravel. And that could prove to be an existential threat to Israel.

But, in our opinion, these risks are ground risks. These can addressed and handled. When Netanyahu and Barak look up, they see nothing but the sky in Ronen Bergman's words. In other words, these two people feel a solemn historical obligation to protect their people from what they see as an imminent existential danger. 

So at some point, President Obama will have to make a choice. He could let Israel attack Iran as the lesser of two evils. Or, if he believes such attack will gravely damage America, he will have to prevent an Israeli attack. Mere words will not be sufficient. President Obama will have to inform Prime Minister Netanyahu that he has ordered the US Air Force to shoot down Israeli warplanes if they fly towards Iran. That would be a far tougher decision than the Bin Laden decision. Ironically, that courageous, unpopular but patriotic decision could end up being the smartest political decision of all.


Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter


Interesting Videoclips of the Week (March 5 - March 9, 2012)


Editor's Note:  In this series of articles, we include important or interesting videoclips with our comments. This is an article that expresses our personal opinions about comments made on Television and in Print. It is NOT intended to provide any investment advice of any type whatsoever.  No one should base any investing decisions or conclusions based on anything written in or inferred from this article. Investing is a serious matter and all investment decisions should only be taken after a detailed discussion with your investment advisor and should be subject to your objectives, suitability requirements and risk tolerances.


1. The U.S. Economy

All eyes were on the Non-Farm Payroll report on Friday morning. The headline numbers were strong and the Household survey was even stronger. But the real story of this report was told by TLT, the long duration Treasury ETF, which closed up on the day. The obvious negative was the tiny rise in hourly wages suggesting continuing pressure on incomes of American families. That's not encouraging for consumer spending. Further, as Nouriel Roubini tweeted mid-morning on Friday:
  • Labor market improving but demand data are softer - real consumption, capex spending. construction spending, trade balance, govt spending
Later in the afternoon, he told CNBC's Maria Bartiromo (see clip 2 below):
  • all components of aggregate demand are slowing down....US data starting to look more mixed.
The last phrase seems disturbing. Because, it suggests that the trajectory of improvement in US data is turning lower. That is the sentiment of  Morgan Stanley's Adam Parker, who told CNBC, "our U.S. Q1-GDP is tracking at 1.0%".  And 1% is David Rosenberg's estimate for Q1 GDP, as he told BTV on February 24. Goldman Sachs is not as bearish but they took down their Q1 forecast from 1.9% to 1.8% on Friday morning.

But what about the improving tone in the labor market? We hope he is wrong but we can't help recalling what ECRI's Lakshman Achuthan said to CNBC's Becky Quick two weeks ago on February 24 (see clip 1 of our February 20 - February 24, 2012 Videoclips article):
  • jobs are basically a bit of a lagging indicator. They follow, they do not lead consumer spending growth....and I'd say in the next few months I would expect them to start to flag because they follow, they lag at turning points where consumer spending growth has been going and we know that's clearly been going down and if you delve into that, look at personal disposable income, you look at personal disposable income that has been negative now growth for five months. You've never had that, not even close.
But, the Weekly Leading Index of Mr. Achuthan's firm rose to its highest level since mid-August in the week ending March 2, 2012.

In contrast, there were no ifs or buts in the comments by Goldman's Jim O'Neill who told CNBC that a 3rd straight month of strong payroll data will be "a huge event for U.S. and global markets" because it will show the U.S. economic recovery is real.


2. Greece & Europe

Forget about a strong U.S. payroll number being a "huge event" for markets. Even the largest debt restructuring in history proved to be a pretty minor event for the markets on Friday afternoon. The new Greek Sovereign Debt promptly began trading between 17-21 cents on the dollar in the when-issued market. But that is not a major issue either. Because that is par for the course in debt restructurings, as Hans Humes of Greylock Capital told Bloomberg TV on Friday afternoon.

The real question, is what next? This simply postpones the inevitable as Nouriel Roubini, Rebecca Patterson of JPMorgan, Sean Egan of Egan-Jones and Mohamed El-Erian said on Friday:
  • Patterson - ... my investment bank colleagues think in eight years we'll be closer to 180% debt-to-GDP...I think the risk around Greece is they'll need more restructuring and more aid possibly as early as this year.
  • Roubini (see clip1 below) - ... the country is still insolvent even after the PSI, the debt-gdp ratio in the best scenario will be 120% ten years from now, 160% in the worst scenario, Greece is likely to restructure again, eventually Greece will be the first country to exit the Eurozone, not this year but may be later next year
  • Egan - I think it's negative growth. In the case of Greece it's down 7.5%. That was the official figure. You can rest assured the real decline was closer to 10%. It's going to be difficult for them to raise capital in the open markets. So they're on life support from the ECB.
  • El-Erian (see clip 4 below) - In Greece, what we've done is, we've reduced the debt stock somewhat, but even at 120% of GDP, by 2020, if everything goes well, which is a big assumption, that's still too high. That is why the market immediately price in a second PSI, or a second debt reduction operation, down the road....We haven't fundamentally solve the problem of too little growth and too much debt.
Yields on Portuguese debt rose on Friday. So is Portugal next, CNBC's Melissa Lee asked Sean Egan of Egan-Jones. His answer:
  • yes. however, it's going to take a little bit of time. the LTRO have provided a fair amount of liquidity in the market. in fact, in excess of a trillion euros. That'll cover a lot. in fact, as close to the GDP of France in one swoop. we think the next stop will be Portugal and after that Spain.

3. The New De-Coupling Debate

Remember late 2007 - early 2008 when the talk on FinTV was about decoupling. At that time, FinTv rolled out "experts" who told to not worry about global growth because Emerging Markets were decoupled from USA. We know how that turned out.

This week, China shocked investors by lowering their forecast of growth to 7.5%. This time, we heard from "experts" who told us to not worry because the US recovery was decoupled from China and other foreign economies. Jim Cramer was particularly explicit. In his Mad Money segment on Monday titled How Important is China?, he said:
  • ...if China catches a cold, copper gets some real headache for the moment,..., but the United States, the largest economy in the world, is going from bad to good. And that's just as important, if not more important, than China going from good to not as good.
This is the same Jim Cramer who has argued that the US recovery is not that important because a huge amount of S&P earnings come from China and so, as long as Chinese growth is strong, the U.S. Stock Market is in good shape.

A different view was expressed by Ken Rogoff on Friday (see clip 1 below):
  • ...People are saying we're depending on the United States for growth. No, that's because we take China as a given. I think that if the China story somehow were derailed for a while, that would be, you know, about the worst realistic thing we can imagine happening.
Add to this the forecast by Nouriel Roubini of a slowdown in qtr-over-qtr Chinese growth to below 6% for Q1 2012 (see clip 2 below). And China is not the only slower growth story.

This week, the Reserve Bank of India surprised the markets with an abrupt 75 bps cut in the Cash Reserve Ratio to ease a liquidity squeeze that threatens to deepen an economic slowdown. The RBI did not even wait until next Thursday's review meeting. That to us demonstrates the extent of the slowdown that we witnessed in early January in Mumbai.

This Friday, Singapore Airlines (SIA) asked pilots to volunteer for unpaid leave for up to two years to help the airline cope with the slowdown. The pilots can join SIA's rivals during their leave, a measure that shows the desperation of SIA. A couple of weeks ago, SIA cut freighter capacity by 20% because of slumping demand and higher fuel prices. SIA is the second largest carrier by market value and one of the two best airlines in the world. 

This week, McDonalds stunned investors with its Asian and European sales. Asian growth used to be the growth story for the Happy Meals company and 40% of profits come from Europe. This was a stock that could do no wrong. Earlier this week, Merck lowered its first quarter guidance by 3-5 cents.

With due respect to Jim Cramer, we think the new decoupling story will play out just as the previous decoupling story did. As David Rosenberg warned on February 24, we should not confuse lag with decoupling. By the way, "Rosie" predicts a very severe recession in Europe.


4. The U.S. Stock Market

On Tuesday, the stock market suffered its first triple digit down day of 2012. It was a 90% down day and the VIX spiked 15% to close above 20. The Oscillator showed a deeply oversold condition. So the bounce back on Wednesday was not a surprise. By Friday, this sharp decline was a distant memory. S&P, Nasdaq and Russell 2000 closed for the week. The Russell 2000 which had threatened to break its 200-day moving average rallied about 1.8% on the week.

Jordan Kotick of Barclays repeated his call for a choppy, flat market for some time. The "market is giving a big sign that it's getting a little bit exhausted", he told CNBC's Maria Bartiromo. Abigail Doolittle of PeakTheories saw a rising wedge pattern in the S&P on Tuesday after the big 90% down day. She repeated her view of a rounding top in Russell 2000.

Lawrence McMillan of Option Strategist said, "... The upside is probably still the path of least resistance". In his work, "breadth indicators are now back on buy signals" but "Equity-only put-call ratios turned negative this week and remain in sell signals".  The S&P once again established 1340 as support, he states.

What happens next week? Ben Bernanke will probably decide.


5. Middle East

It appears that the minority Alawite regime of Bashar Assad is winning the civil war in Syria.  This was conceded even by CNN's Anderson Cooper who has led the US media protests against the brutal suppression of Sunni rebels in Syria. In this conflict, Shia Iran has been Syria's primary backer and the Sunni Arab League, led by Saudi Arabia, has been the prime backer of the Syrian rebels.

Another sign that Iran is winning the proxy war in Syria is the sudden escalation in Bahrain, a neighbor and a very close ally of Saudi Arabia. The Shiite majority of Bahrain's population is ruled by a small Sunni majority led by a Sunni royal family modeled after the Saudi royal family. The protests first erupted a year ago during the height of the Arab spring (see our article Bahrain - Start of the Real Battle in the Middle East? dated February 19, 2011).

The New York Times reported a "Huge Rally" by " tens of thousands of anti-government protestors" in Bahrain on Friday, March 9. The NYT further reported:
  • The march stretched for miles. Some opposition leaders estimated the crowd at nearly 100,000, which would make it one of the largest protest gatherings since the street rallies erupted in February 2011..."Down, down Hamad," protesters chanted in a reference to Bahrain's King Hamad bin Isa Al Khalifa.
If this were not enough, about 2,000 Iraqi Shiites called for Bahrain's king to be banned from the Arab League summit set for the Iraqi capital later this month. After all, Syria has been suspended from the the Arab league for its crackdown on Sunni protestors.

Now that the Shiite Syria-Iran side feel confident about the Shia vs. Sunni civil war in Syria, they have fired a shot in what they hope will be a sustained Shia-Sunni conflict inside tiny Bahrain, a very close ally of Saudi Arabia. And Bahrain has oil, is situated close to Saudi Oilfields.

We are seeing the Middle East being divided between Shiite camp of Iran-Iraq-Syria and the Sunni camp of Saudi Arabia-Bahrain-the Sunni Arab League.


6. Shia-Sunni Civil War & Israel's potential attack on Iran

The above is relatively straightforward. So now we veer off the straight and narrow to ask whether this Friday's sudden protest in Bahrain has another meaning.

Remember Bahrain is home to the U.S. Fifth Fleet that protects the Persian Gulf. Could the Obama Administration stay silent if the minority Sunni regime in Bahrain begins crushing the Shiite majority to protect its rule? Yet, could the Obama Administration afford to speak or act against the Sunni regime that hosts the US Navy and that is so close to the Saudi royal family?

What if the Shia minority in Saudi Arabia rises against the Sunni Saudi royals and demands autonomy? The Saudis will crush it by using any means necessary. But if Bahrain and Saudi Arabia are racked by Shiite protests, then can the Obama Administration afford to allow Israel to attack Iran?

Iran has no credible means of protecting itself against an Israeli air attack. Its only defense is to threaten the world with intolerable consequences of such attack. What consequences or ploys have they threatened already?
  1. Their first ploy was to threaten to close the Straits of Hormuz. The US has promised to make sure that won't happen.
  2. Was their second ploy to game a threat to Saudi oilfields as we wondered last week? In our opinion, that catastrophic threat can be mitigated by a counter-threat to destroy Qom, the religious headquarters and residence of Iran's Shia theocrats (incidentally, President-elect  Reagan reportedly threatened privately to do precisely that after his election and before his inauguration. That, knowledgeable conspiracy theorists say, is why the Iranians released all American hostages the night before his inauguration)
Are we seeing the third ploy now? The possibility of a Shia-Sunni civil war inside Bahrain and the oil-rich provinces of Saudi Arabia may be Iran's best option. America is not Syria. It cannot crush civil revolts brutally. Nor can it stand by and watch its allies do so. So America's military might will be helpless in the face of such human revolt. So will Iran try hard to foment a revolt in Bahrain and then in Saudi Arabia? Will such a revolt persuade America to restrain Israel?

We have no idea about the scenarios being discussed in Washington DC, Tehran or Tel Aviv. May be, this is all fanciful. But, we cannot help feeling that the world is slowly crawling towards a conflict that no one seems to want but one that no knows how to prevent.

We can only try to buy insurance. And the best insurance seems to be a bar bell of Call Options on Oil-Oil Stocks and 30-Year US Treasuries. 

 

Featured Videoclips:
  1. Kenneth Rogoff on CNBC Squawk Box on Friday, March 9
  2. Nouriel Roubini on CNBC Closing Bell on Friday, March 9
  3. Mohammad El-Erian on BTV In The Loop on Friday, March 9
  4. Robert Shiller on CNBC Street Signs on Wednesday, March 7
  5. Robert Prechter on FBN on March 1


1. Worst Realistic Thing We Can Imagine Happening - Kenneth Rogoff on CNBC Squawk Box (02:26 minute clip) - Friday, March 9

Ken Rogoff of Reinhart & Rogoff fame and a Harvard professor was a guest host on CNBC Squawk Box on Friday.  We focus on his comments on China and the impact of a China slowdown on US. Though expressed in a soft, mellow tone, it is a sharp warning for those who believe in a triumphant US recovery despite and almost in your face China slowdown. This out-of-consensus position merits the pole position of the week, in our humble opinion.
  • Kernen (CNBC) - while you are here, I want to ask you quickly about China. I don't know whether I would call you an outlier on that, but you're just not willing to buy in to good times forever there,
  • Rogoff it's ridiculous, of course, as the economy normalizes, it's going to have business cycles like everybody else, and there's this mantra out there that says, oh, you know, things slow down, they got a lot of money, they'll just do a big fiscal package, and, you know, every fast-growing, emerging market, developing economy had speed bumps and investments more 50% of GDP, how long can that last? and exports have got to slow down. they have to make adjustments. they can't keep doing what they're doing. it's very hard to call the timing, but, yeah, i think they'll have normal recessions, not necessarily technical recessions, not when you are growing at 10%, 3% is a recession. 
  • Kernen - but are expectations at this point is that consensus that they never slow, even if it was just a slight slowing that would be a big surprise?
  • Rogoff - I think it is consensus. I mean, when I go out and give talks around the world and even mention that China just might have a bad year once in a while, people go crazy, you know, and I worked at the world bank on the china, you know, department and you don't know anything. and Britain grew forever and the u.s. grew forever, which they didn't. we had recessions and business cycles so -- 
  • Kernen - and that could eventually involve printing some money or turning up the printing presses in China. That something will go wrong, that they'll spend money and print money themselves, no?
  • Rogoff - yeah, I don't know. They did invent the printing press and had the first hyperinflation 1,000 years ago but I think that was something else.
  • Kernen - Yeah. so, that's not likely to happen. but will that cause you to change your viewpoint for the rest of the world?
  • Rogoff - If they had a recession or -- yeah. I mean, that would be disaster. People are saying we're depending on the United States for growth. No, that's because we take China as a given. I think that if the China story somehow were derailed for a while, that would be, you know, about the worst realistic thing we can imagine happening.
This is the second week in a row that Joe Kernen treated his guest host with respect and focused on the topic at hand. We like it but don't get it. Is it just respect for Harvard professors or is he changing as the  6-handle in age draws near?



2. All components of aggregate demand slowing down - Nouriel Roubini with CNBC's Maria Bartiromo (07:02 minute clip) - Friday, March 9

This is a must watch clip but with a glass of your favorite elixir. Mr. Roubini speaks very fast and CNBC has not provided an automatic transcript. So we will do our best to include the important excerpts:
  • Bartiromo - You say that we are reaching a tipping point in what you call an anemic and sub-par economic recovery. ...What do you mean by that?
  • Roubini - ....the Euro zone periphery is in a recession, the austerity and credit crunch is getting worse...the euro is not weakening ...there are political shocks coming from France, Greece elections, Ireland referendum, Oil prices are high and rising....gasoline prices are approaching $4 a gallon which is hurting consumers....
  • Roubini - ...and the US data are starting to look more mixed.. the labor market is improving but the indicators for aggregate demand are weakening -
    • real consumption growth has been flat for 3 months ,
    • capex spending fell in January after expiration of the tax breaks
    • construction activity is down,
    • home prices are still down,
    • our net exports are worsening..-
  • Roubini (contd.) - you know all the components of aggregate demand, including the government sector, are slowing down, so I still see a very anemic recovery
  • Bartiromo - what about Greece?
  • Roubini - ....
    • 20,000 people homeless in the streets of Greece, riots in the streets,
    • unemployment rate is 22% rising, almost 50% among the young,
    • the recession is becoming a depression, contraction is becoming worse and you know,
    • the country is still insolvent even after the PSI, the debt-gdp ratio in the best scenario will be 120% ten years from now, 160% in the worst scenario,
    • likely to restructure again, eventually Greece will be the first country to exit the Eurozone, not this year but may be later next year
  • Bartiromo - You have been talking of a China hard landing. What do you expect in 2012?
  • Roubini - our estimate is, in Q1 2012, the qtr-over-qtr growth in China will be less than 6% -  between 5-6%.. But year-over-year growth will be closer to 7.5%. Because:
    • export growth is slowing down sharply,
    • residential investment is starting to fall, commercial investment is starting to fall,
    • a lot of infrastructure spending is now put on hold because the provincial governments don't have the land revenue sales that allowed them to do the infrastructure projects.
    • So growth in China is slowing down. Now they are gonna react by monetary easing, by fiscal easing so they will get close to 7.5-8%
    • they are pushing the problem to the future, they have to move away from net exports, fixed investments of 50-% of GDP towards less savings and more consumption.
    • But as fixed investments are gonna fall, the risk is consumption does not grow and the risk is eventually hard landing by next year or the following year becomes a rising probability...
  • Bartiromo - How are you investing in all of this?
  • Roubini - Our Asset Allocation Model suggested going overweight in equities in January - now we are neutral - there has been such a rally that at this point with the slowdown in economy, valuation being high, neutral or market-weight is probably the right thing to do for the time being.


3. Growth rate just under 2% for US - Mohamed El-Erian with BTV's Betty Liu & Shiela Dharmarajan
(06:30 minute clip) - Friday, March 9

The excellent summary below is courtesy of Bloomberg PR.

On today's jobs report:

  • "It's good number - not just the headline but also the revisions. Also, the fact that the participation rate is going up and some of the structural elements are improving...Overall, a good report. Having said that, it's just indicative of the healing process. We are not yet at escape velocity. We're not yet in a place where the labor market and consumers can push this economy forward.”

On reaching the escape velocity point:

  • "I wish we were, Betty, but I don't think so. In Europe, we haven't really solved anything. Greece still has too much debt. Nothing has been done to improve the growth rate of European economies. So, in European, all we've done is push back the problem as little but we haven't solved it."

  • "We have the geopolitical headwinds out there and then when we look at our own economy, we haven't done enough on the structural side and we now have the prospects that the fiscal side is going to be contractionary. Unfortunately, the best we can do right now is just muddle along. We're not yet at escape velocity."

On the jobs being added to the payroll being so low pay:

  • "First, hourly earnings were 0.1. We need to see hourly earnings increasing a lot more. That speaks to what you just said, which is we're creating only low-pay jobs. Yes, oil is a headwind. We must not forget that it’s a significant part of consumption. Unfortunately, we're going to be at high oil prices because of all of the geopolitical concerns.”

  • “That's why it goes back to, when you look at different components of demand, it’s difficult to identify the one that will cause this breakout. It's not going to be the rest of the world. They’re slowing. It's not going to be the government. It's not going to be the consumer. Could it be business? Yes. But business has to have better assurances that demand will ultimately go up, otherwise they do not invest."

On whether stocks will rally even if the economy is "muddling through":

  • "Correct. We're looking at a growth rate just under 2% for the U.S. Within that, you will see a lot of differentiation. The key issues for PIMCO as an equity managers and others is to be able to choose the different sectors and companies. What are you looking for? You're looking for strong balance sheet. You're looking for an ability to put money back to the shareholder. You're looking for exposure to high growth. There are companies out there and our analysts and portfolio managers work very hard to identify them. Yes, you're going to get some companies doing really well and differentiation is going to be key."

On whether we've averted a disaster in Europe:

  • "Not yet. In Greece, what we've done is, we've reduced the debt stock somewhat, but even at 120% of GDP, by 2020, if everything goes well, which is a big assumption, that's still too high. That is why the market immediately price in a second PSI, or a second debt reduction operation, down the road."

  • "We haven't solved Greece, yet. Greece will come back. We have Portugal, which has sovereign concerns. We've made progress and particularly, we have made progress for the LTRO. We haven't fundamentally solve the problem of too little growth and too much debt."

On the difference between Greece, Portugal and Italy and Spain:

  • "We exited Portugal a long time ago, two plus years ago. We've been watching, and the reason why we exited Portugal and the reason why we exited Greece a long time ago is because we are worried about the sovereignty issues. We're not involved in Portugal or Greece. We're watching it and we still think both of them have not been solved. Spain and Italy are fundamentally different. They don't have the sovereignty issues that Greece and Portugal have, and they also have an ability to turn the corner and they have much more support from the European community I would draw a line between Greece and Portugal and Italy and Spain.”

On the stock market rally:

  • "I think we've benefited enormously in the markets from liquidity. Not just the ECB and the Fed, but the Swiss National Bank, the Bank of Japan, India, Brazil, everybody is easing monetary policy. We've had a rush of liquidity come in and that has helped the markets. Plus, we've had one-off factors. Do not forget the fall in the U.S. savings rate that has helped us. So, this rally is warranted. It is warranted by these temporary factors, but we now need to hand off to more permanent factors."


4. Housing Bottom-This is It & Could Languish for 20 Years - Robert Shiller on CNBC Street Signs
(04:48 minute clip) - Wednesday, March 7

Brian Sullivan, the CNBC anchor and @Sully to his tweeterverse, pointed out in his introduction that home prices have been falling for four months in a row and are down basically every year since 2006.  He quoted Professor Shiller's view that house prices are all about momentum - they go in directions, one direction, for years and that direction has been down.
  • Sully - How much more trend on the down side do you see in terms of years? 
  • Shiller - well, it's really hard to tell, because we're just coming out of the biggest housing bubble in history. So we're kind of in uncharted territory. It could turn around, you know. It's been going a long time. We're seeing some good news now. Starts, Permits, Confidence, the NAHB housing index is strikingly up, though it's still low, but it's up. So it could turn around. I just don't see any scientific way to be assured what it's going to do. It could keep going down.
  • Sully - This is your thing, Robert. If you don't know where housing prices are going to go, how could anybody else have any hope of forecasting it correctly. Where is the end game here, Robert? What needs to happen? Does it have to do with Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, or foreclosures? What needs to happen to turn things around?
  • Shiller - well, in terms of housing, we might be at the end game. Home prices are back to a normal level. They could just stay here, and that would be all right. Housing is very affordable. interest rates are down, prices are down to kind of a normal level. They haven't overshot normal. So maybe in terms of housing, this is it, this is it. And maybe nothing exciting will happen. Maybe they'll drift a little down.
  • Sully - I'm smelling a little optimism from Robert Shiller on housing. Did you just say this may be the bottom?
  • Shiller - It might be, yeah. because I'm particularly interested in leading indicators, like permits. or the NAHB traffic index which asks builders to assess the traffic of prospective home buyers. And that's up a lot. These things can turn quickly and sharply. It's too soon to tell and confidence is everything.
  • Sully - You've studied that with equity prices, right? Things are better. People feel better, the economy is better. If, - when housing turns, how quickly can it turn?
  • Shiller - well, see, it depends on whether real animal spirits come back. It could languish for 20 years. It could just stay where it is. Maybe it's coming back, but I don't see any clear signs of that. There's no reason why we have to have another boom soon. We might. But there's no reason and we've been kind of shocked. We went through a depression scare. So it could be 20 years before we have another boom.
CNBC trumpeted the Housing has bottomed call of Professor Shiller all week. But not even once did they add his caveat that housing could languish at this bottom like level for a awhile, even for another 20 years. 

It is a great idea to buy a house you love to live in. But it might not be a great investment, not even a good investment for a long time as Professor Shiller said on Friday, December 23, 2011. We encourage readers to read those comments of Prof. Shiller (see clip 3 of our December 19 - December 23, 2011 Videoclips article).



5. Markets Headed Below 2009 Levels? - Robert Prechter with FBN's Neil Cavuto (06:37 minute clip) - Thursday, March 1

March 9, 2012, this Friday, was the 3-year anniversary of this current bull run. So we thought it would be ironically appropriate to feature recent comments of the uber-bear Robert Prechter this week even though the interview took place the week before.

The thesis of Mr. Prechter remains what he articulated on December 14, 2011 (see clip 2 of our article Videoclips of December 12 - December 16, 2011) - that there is simply too much debt in the world, that it would lead to deflation and out of that will arise a great buying opportunity, that until then you should take refuge in US Dollar Cash.

Mr. Prechter admits:
  • "I have thought that too early in every single one of the overvaluations; so I don't know I am the right guy this time".
Then he proceeds:
  • "But I will tell you, most of the tops have had such extreme sentiment figures that we can't believe our eyes. This one has also extreme sentiment figures but this time the momentum figures are far worse. We have a contraction in the A-D ratio on a 10-day basis all the way back to the first week of January, we have got volume which is not only been light for the entire past 3 years but declining and that is including the first 2 months of this year, it continues to decline. You have got those two and then...even the Dow theory is beginning to flash a warning signal,..".
At this time, Neil Cavuto asked " What would be a more realistic level on the Dow if you don't mind?" Prechter answered:
  • "Well, I think the market is peaking out in a cycle, this is the 3rd one. Its got all the same symptoms as the last two except the underlying fundamentals are weaker and the underlying technicals are weaker. So I think the market could easily in the next 4 years easily take out the 2009 lows and probably go a lot lower than that."
So there. A completely inappropriate anti-celebration of the 3-year anniversary of the current bull market!


Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com or @MacroViewpoints on Twitter

Current Afghan Conflagration - Doesn't That Remind You of 1857?



We are at a critical juncture in Afghanistan. Recent events have cast very serious doubts about the viability of the current policy of training an Afghan army to take over from the US Military. The tragic deaths, murders really, of six Americans at the hands of their Afghan "colleagues" have damaged the hopeful intellectual basis of this policy.

Virtually all discussion in the American media has focused on the inadvertent burning of the Korans and whether the Afghan reaction was valid, appropriate or civilized. We are not surprised. To our knowledge, no one in the American media or in the American establishment has any idea of the relevant history. And nothing is as important as history when it comes to the Indo-Afghan continuum. 

Apart from the political debate about the apology by President Obama, the rest of the public discussion has focused on whether we should get out of Afghanistan. The best clip we saw on the topic was by Lieutenant Colonel Ralph Peters on Bill O'Reilly's Factor:
  • And I'm very troubled by the fact that we've have reached a point where we had the U.S. Commander General Allen doing his best, telling our troops respect Afghan culture, respect Afghan culture, when Afghans are shooting our officers in the back of the head in the interior ministry.
  • But we have been there for over 10 years, have spent countless billions. Given a lot of blood. And General Allen, our commander in Afghanistan, could not walk down the street of a single Afghan city today unarmed and survive.
Colonel Peters is a knowledgeable patriot. But even he does not look back to a very similar but far greater conflagration that consumed the entire region back in 1857. The lessons of that revolt can be helpful in addressing today's crisis in Afghanistan.


What is the real issue in Afghanistan? The Koran Burnings or Something Deeper?


Remember the worldwide protests about the Danish cartoons about Prophet Mohammed. We don't see that today. There have been no protests in Saudi Arabia, the seat of Islam or in any other country in the Middle East. There have been no protests in Indonesia, home to the largest Muslim population in the world, or in Malaysia, probably one of the most rabid Muslim regimes in the world.

There have been no protests in next door Pakistan. And the biggest surprise of all, no protests have broken out in the Pashtun homelands across the Durand line of control. In other words, the Pashtuns who live in Afghanistan have erupted in utter fury over the Koran burnings but their brothers across the line of control haven't cared!

So how can this fire in Afghanistan be really about Koran burnings? So what is it about? What is the main difference in the lives of the Pashtuns who live in Afghanistan and their brothers who live in Pakistani-controlled Pashtun areas?

Clues to today's conflagration were provided a few weeks ago in an excellent New York Times article. This article described the buildup of mutual contempt between the Afghan National Army and the American Military in Afghanistan. The contempt arises from cultural, religious differences and the deep difference between the way the two armies perceive the war. The Americans want to finish the job and go home, while the Afghans, knowing they have to live there post-America, do not want to burn any bridges. And above all, no soldier, no army wants to keep taking orders from a foreign army in their own homeland.

This situation was so combustible that only a match was needed. And no match lights a fire better and faster than a religious spark. The Koran burnings provided the spark. The fact that elements of the Afghan army killed their American "colleagues" speaks volumes to us about the different nature of this situation. It did so to General Allen as well, who pulled all Americans from their duties in the Afghan ministries.

Today's situation in Afghanistan reminds us of a much greater conflagration in 1857, about 4 years before the American Civil War. We think a study of this 1857 event is as relevant to today's Afghanistan as study of the Civil War remains to today's America.


The Revolt & War of Independence of 1857


The East India Company had seized control of all of India by the first decade of the 19th century. The army of the Company was mainly comprised of Indian soldiers and junior officers led by British senior officers. As we said, no army likes to take orders from a foreign army on its own soil. And after 50 years of control, the British had become arrogant and their behavior towards the soldiers and junior officers of the Company's Indian army had become demeaning.

The spark for a revolt was lit by a religious trigger. The British had decided to introduce new cartridges for the rifles used by the Company's Indian army. The soldiers had to bite off the ends of these cartridges before loading them in the rifles. Word spread in the Company's Indian army that these cartridges were coated with fat of cows and pigs. The British goal, according to the rumotory, was to make Indian soldiers Na-Pak or Non-Pak (impure) to facilitate their conversion to Christianity - Hindu soldiers by chewing on Cow fat and Muslim soldiers by chewing on pork fat. The British denied it strenuously at that time and still do, to our knowledge. It didn't matter.

Deep outrage spread across all the units of the Company's Indian army. Certain units chose an opportune time to attack kill their British officers and attack British units. This spread across North India  and a battles raged between the Indian army units trained by the Company and the British units. Some of the defeated Indian rulers joined the revolt and a full fledged war of independence began. The only reason the British survived the first phase of this war was the support of the Sikh, Gurkha units and the units from coastal India. Britain came to the rescue of the Company by sending British army divisions into India.

What happened after this war is even more relevant to today's Afghanistan than the religious spark that ignited it. Britain realized that it could not go back to conditions that existed before the war. So Victoria, then Queen of England, issued a proclamation in 1858. In that proclamation, Britain removed the East India Company and assumed Sovereign control of Indian territories. The proclamation also reassured the people of India that Britain intended to respect and preserve the culture of India, particularly the right of Indians to practice their traditional religions.

Britain integrated the Company's Indian Army units into the traditional structure of the British Army. The British established local administration across India led mainly by Indian Administrators. This resulted in the creation of the Indian Civil Service (ICS) which provided a career path for bright young  Indians to enter the British led administration. This service, renamed in 1947 as the Indian Administrative Service (IAS), continues to manage local administration in today's India.

With this new structure, the British were able to run India for another 90 years until India became independent in 1947. Britain was able to leave India in relative peace and remain friendly with the free Indian Republic.

What the British did post-1857 in India can provide valuable lessons for America's policy in Afghanistan. But that is assuming America wants to remain in Afghanistan until it can leave behind a sustainable Afghan structure.


Why Stay in Afghanistan? Why Not Just Leave?


The short answer is simple. To protect New York City, to protect American cities from bomb attacks like the failed Times Square attempt in May 2010. This attempt and others before it were hatched in the remote areas along the Af-Pak line of control. A terror infrastructure seems to be in place today, hidden in the sanctuaries inside Pakistan-occupied Pashtun areas. Once America leaves Afghanistan, there will nothing to prevent this infrastructure from expanding and migrating back to Afghanistan.

We agree with the consensus that if America leaves Afghanistan in its current condition, the Taleban will take over in a short period of time. As Colonel David Hunt explained to Bill O'Reilly,
  • The people at the Pentagon talking about the areas they have covered. Just talk about what happens at night. For example, 60% of the cell-phone coverage in Afghanistan gets turned off at night because the people are afraid the Taliban is going to kill them or people that run the towers. It is not a safe country yet.
And this is with the presence of the US Military.  Leaving Afghanistan in anything like its current condition is to a guarantee America's return under far worse circumstances. The other reason to stay is the unparalleled strategic location of Afghanistan as the meeting ground of Iran, Pakistan, China and Central Asia with India and Russia just a bit away.

But staying in Afghanistan without making progress, without addressing the enmity in the Afghan army, in the Afghan 'administration' would be simply postponing the inevitable.  This is why we think, the lessons of post-1857 British led Indian Administration warrant a study. 




Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @Macroviewpoints on Twitter

We Asked, the NYT Answered & Now Egypt Confirms It



When Cairo's Tahrir Square was full of protesters a year ago, when the American media was full of talk of democracy in Egypt a year ago, we wondered about the nature of the post-Mubarak Egypt. We asked at that time whether the new Egypt would use a Russian, Iranian, Pakistani or a neo Turkish-Egyptian model. Soon afterwards, Tom Friedman came on Television to express hopes of a neo-Turkish-Egyptian model for Egypt. That was logical because the entire world knows that Pakistan is a failed state.

Our views were different. We wrote in our article:
  • Before you dismiss this [Pakistani] model as pathetic or a failure, look at its track record over the past 40-50 years. American and western aid to Pakistan has grown steadily over these decades. Every US President comes in with robust intentions to straighten out Pakistan but gets straightened out himself.....So don't brush off the Pakistani model. It has demonstrated its durability and resiliency.
On February 3, 2012, a year after our article, the New York Times published an Op-Ed piece titled Can Egypt Avoid Pakistan's Fate? The article was authored by Michele Dunne, a former White House and State Department official, and Shuja Nawaz, an author.  

Though the authors phrased the title as a question, the body of the article described the morphing of the new Egypt into the Pakistan we know. The authors wrote about the similarities they saw between Egypt and Pakistan and asked in the tradition of NYT journalists:
  • The question now is whether the United States will, a year after the Egyptian revolution, stand by and allow the Pakistani model of military dominance and a hobbled civilian government to be replicated on the Nile.
Despite the evidence of over 50 years of Pakistani-American history, the authors raised this as a question and in the best journalistic tradition told Washington what to do:
  • Washington should suspend military assistance to Egypt until those conditions are met. Taking that difficult step now could help Egypt avoid decades of the violence, terrorism and cloak-and-dagger politics that continue to plague Pakistan.
Well, this week, both America and Egypt answered with an emphatic No.  Instead, America and Egypt agreed on a deal to end the ordeal of the Americans accused in Egypt as a part of a politically charged criminal case against nonprofit groups. The dispute was getting serious. America had threatened to cut off the $1.3 billion in annual aid to Egypt's military which in turn retaliated by warning that they would reconsider their peace treaty with Israel.

On March 1, 2012, Egypt lifted the ban and the accused Americans left Egypt. Of course, this departure did not come cheap. The Americans were only allowed to go after $4 million in bail was posted and they agreed to return for their trial according to the New York Times. The NYT also reported that "lifting the travel ban on the accused Americans does not resolve charges against the nonprofit groups or their dozen or so Egyptian employees, nor does it erase the fear among the many advocacy groups that have come under the same investigation."

Doesn't this remind you of the many disputes between Pakistan and America over the years? All these disputes got fixed, not resolved, by America paying a large sum of money.

Just as in Pakistan, there is a serious backlash in Egypt against this "surrender" to America. The NYT quoted from an online comment from Reem Saad, director of the Middle East center at the American University in Cairo:
  • "Could this be? I go out to eat some salad and come back to find that Egypt has knelt?"
And this guy is a director at the American University? Another Professor at the American University in Cairo,  Mona Makram-Ebeid, reportedly said:
  •  For the United States, Egypt is a pivotal country....this is a long-standing strategic alliance that I think the NGO case would not jeopardise, although we do not agree to any interference or any threat of removing the financial aid."
She added that the comments by US officials that aid was at risk had angered many Egyptians, according to the Dow Jones News Wire.  In other words, Egypt can arrest and detain Americans, enrage American Society & Government, but America does not have the right to reconsider its financial aid to Egypt. And this is the opinion of a Professor at the American University in Cairo! And this was in a case which, according to the New York Times, "could hardly have been better designed to infuriate American officials."

Before you blame these professors, compare this "infuriating" Egyptian case with Pakistan's Bin Laden case. Pakistan hid Osama Bin Laden, America's most wanted enemy & the man who had masterminded the murder of over 3,000 Americans, in a Pakistani military cantonment from 2005 to 2011 until America found him and killed him. Did Pakistan apologize or express regret? No. Instead, Pakistan had the utter gall to get palpably angry and cut off supplies to US troops in Afghanistan. What did America do in response? America huffed and puffed for months and then paid over $2.1 billion last month.  

Does any one think Egypt did not notice? They know that America considers Egypt's military as the only stabilizing force that keeps peace with Israel. As Professor Mona Makram-Ebedi said, Egypt is a pivotal country for America. The Egyptian Generals understand that they have powerful leverage against America.

So they will play the game that Pakistan has mastered over the past 5-6 decades. As backlash against America builds in the Egyptian civilian population, as Islamic groups get more popular in Egypt, America's dependence on the Egyptian military will increase even more. So America will continue to pay large sums of money to the Egyptian military. This will preserve the status of the Military as Egypt's most powerful and privileged class. This will weaken the Egyptian economy, erode the living standards of the Egyptian people and breed more Anti-Americanism which in turn will make America provide more money to the Egyptian Military to maintain stability and combat Islamic fundamentalism. 

This is the model perfected in Pakistan. Don't underestimate it. Just be thankful Egypt does not have nuclear weapons. So they will be cheaper "allies" than the Pakistani Military. 





Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com or @MacroViewpoints on Twitter

Interesting Videoclips of the Week (February 27 - March 2, 2012)



Editor's Note:  In this series of articles, we include important or interesting videoclips with our comments. This is an article that expresses our personal opinions about comments made on Television and in Print. It is NOT intended to provide any investment advice of any type whatsoever.  No one should base any investing decisions or conclusions based on anything written in or inferred from this article. Investing is a serious matter and all investment decisions should only be taken after a detailed discussion with your investment advisor and should be subject to your objectives, suitability requirements and risk tolerances.




1. U.S. Stock Market

We focus on the U.S. Stock market because, in our opinion, it is the bulwark for global risk assets. Virtually everyone concedes that Europe will have at least a slowdown this year. And so the global risk rally rests on whether the U.S. maintains its slow growth trajectory or goes into a slowdown of its own. And what is the best indicator of the U.S. Economy? Ben Bernanke says it is the U.S. Stock Market. And who are we to argue to with Chairman Bernanke?

Actually, we with many others would have argued a few years ago. Because then, the world considered the U.S. Treasury market to be the best indicator of the U.S. Economy. Now with QE and Operation Twist (or Torque as we prefer to think of it), the Treasury market may not be as independent of the Fed as we would like it to be.

It seems as if the U.S. Stock Market and the U.S. Treasury Market are sending contradictory signals. The stock market rally has been one of the strongest in the past 15 years or so, Yet, the Treasury market, even the long end of the Treasury curve, refuses to go down and the 10-Year yield refuses to stay above 2%.


2. Guru Views of the U.S. Stock Market

The last time we saw this was in 1995, when, as we recall,  both the stock market and the Treasury market  rallied by 20%. The era from 1995 to mid 1998 was driven by low-inflationary growth in the U.S. economy. Are we in a similar period?

That is what Laszlo Birinyi argues to defend his prediction of 1,700 on the S&P this year. According to CNBC's Patti Domm, Birinyi is comparing 1994-1995 to 2011-2012. According to Ms. Domm, Birinyi recommends investors look at sectors that can benefit from a growing economy such as industrials, energy and materials. But as we recall, the 1995 rally was driven by 40+% performance in Pharmaceuticals, Personal Care and Consumer Staples. We also remind readers Mr. Birinyi made an even more outlandish prediction in early 2011. At that time, his lowest prediction was a 60% rally in the S&P 500 by September 2013.

Louise Yamada, the widely respected Technician, is excited about the 10-year breakout in the Nasdaq, Microsoft and Intel (see clip 4 below). Techncian Jeff Weiss came back on CNBC Fast Money to argue that there is more unfinished business left on the upside for this stock market. Mr. Weiss sees 1425 on the S&P 500 in this rally with 1340 serving as support.

Lawrence McMillan of the Option Strategist also concurs that there is support at 1340-1350 with the 20-day moving average at 1350. According to him, the breadth indicators are now at sell signals. The weighted put-call ratio is so low on the charts that it might be capable or rolling over to a sell signal without too much a lot of trouble. In his opinion, "the signs that a true correction are at hand would be a sell signal from the weighted put-call ratio and a flattening of the VIX futures term structure." 

Jordan Kotick of Barclays said on CNBC that it is time for the market to take a breather for a month or two. His reasons are seasonal patterns and the percentage of stocks above their 200-day moving averages (see clip 5 below).  In a similar vein, Jeff Hirsch of the Stock Traders Almanac said on BTV that the first half of March will be strong but sell in the second half of March.

Abigail Doolittle of PeakTheories sent out two interesting tweets on Friday:
  • "RUT weekly chart showing right shoulder forming a large Head & Shoulder formation".
  • "Is Apple this year's Silver? Uncanny likeness between last 6 months in Apple and 6 months on Silver pre-May 2011".
The Apple call is also a market call because this monster of a stock is 16% of Nasdaq 100 and has accounted for a large portion of the rally in the S&P 500.

Getting back to Mr. Birinyi, the year 1995 was a year of recovery in the U.S. Economy. So the trajectory of the U.S. economy from hereon will be the deciding factor for the stock market, we think. That also seems to be the opinion of the hedge fund manager, David Gerstenhaber, who said (see clip 1 below):
  • as long as the economy continues to move along at the sort of pace that it is, at least for the first half of the year, stocks ought to work reasonably well.....It is a muted recovery  but it is better recovery than we have going anywhere else right now. If it doesn't persist, we are all in trouble.(emphasis ours).

3. The U.S. Economy

Perhaps the long end of the Treasury market is sending the correct signal for the U.S. Economy. This week, Goldman Sachs lowered its forecast for Q1 GDP from 2.3% to 2% and a couple of hours later to 1.9%. A day later, BAC-Merrill Lynch lowered its Q1 forecast from 2.2% to 1.8%. 

Noted economist Martin Feldstein said on CNBC that we would be lucky to get 2% growth in 2012 (see clip 2 below). He does not see inflation being a problem either this year or the next year. John Taylor, author of the famous Taylor Rule, agreed that inflation is not a problem this year but sees serious inflation risks down the road.

John Ryding (ex-Bear Stearns) criticized the Fed for its commitment to keep rates at near zero for another two and half years when the economy is getting better. He predicts that the yield on the 10-Year Treasury will rise to 3.75% (from 1.98% today) by the end of this year.

In contrast, Jeff Kilburg of TreasuryCurve.com stated unequivocally that Treasury yields are going lower. And he has had a hot hand for since August 2011. This is consistent with the economic views (see last week's clips) of David Rosenberg, Lakshman Achuthan who predict the economy will be much weaker than the expectations of John Ryding.


4. Europe and the Global Economy

On Friday, Spain tore off part of the facade covering the European mess by announcing that Spain's economy will contract by 1.7% this year and its unemployment rate will hit 24.3%.  These are not slowdown numbers but "great depression type numbers" to use words of Jim Bianco.

The story in Europe is so much more than just numbers and bailouts. It is about the need to reform regulations. Nothing makes this clearer than the following personal anecdote from Megan Greene of Roubini Global Economics:
  • A friend and I met up at a new bookstore and café in the centre of town (Athens), which has only been open for a month. The establishment is in the center of an area filled with bars, and the owner decided the neighborhood could use a place for people to convene and talk without having to drink alcohol and listen to loud music. After we sat down, we asked the waitress for a coffee. She thanked us for our order and immediately turned and walked out the front door. My friend explained that the owner of the bookstore/café couldn’t get a license to provide coffee. She had tried to just buy a coffee machine and give the coffee away for free, thinking that lingering patrons would boost book sales.  However, giving away coffee was illegal as well. Instead, the owner had to strike a deal with a bar across the street, whereby they make the coffee and the waitress spends all day shuttling between the bar and the bookstore/café. My friend also explained to me that books could not be purchased at the bookstore, as it was after 18h and it is illegal to sell books in Greece beyond that hour. I was in a bookstore/café that could neither sell books nor make coffee.
This is the state of business after two years of economic hardship and humiliating surrender of budgetary sovereignty to the EU/Germans. Perhaps, Greece should take a vacation from Europe as Professor Feldstein suggests in clip 2 below. And, by the way, Moody's downgraded Greece to "C" on Friday, the lowest rating on its bond scale.


5. Risk-Off Assets the Secular Investment Theme of the 2010s?

We are in the midst of a massive Risk-On rally.  So who would dare argue that, "Risk-off assets will likely be the secular investment theme of the 2010s"? Richard Bernstein, that's who. Mr. Bernstein admits freely that he is a bad timer. But, in our experience, he is superb in advising investors about powerful trends in asset allocation. Any one who listened to him in February 2008 survived that stock market decline without a scratch.

This week, Mr. Bernstein published an opinion article in the Financial Times titled "Why the 'risk-on' rally will not last". This is a must read in our opinion. Below we include a few excerpts:
  • Our research shows that risk-on assets’ outperformance during the 2000s was directly related to the inflation of the global credit bubble. The most popular investments during the decade were all credit-related investments. When one buys risk-on assets, therefore, one assumes that the deflation of the global credit bubble will subside and that credit will again expand. The implied forecast of a risk-off trade is the exact opposite, i.e, that the credit bubble will continue to deflate.
  • Despite 2011’s dismal emerging markets equity performance, investors continue to believe that the emerging markets are largely immune to the developed world’s credit hangover. But cycles often begin in the US, travel to Europe and then end up in the emerging markets. This cycle will likely follow that historical precedent. The emerging markets’ difficult tugs-of-war between inflation and growth indicate that the emerging markets, rather than decoupling from the developed world, were perhaps the biggest beneficiaries of the global credit bubble.
  • Could the secular investment theme for the 2010s indeed be risk-on? We doubt it. Risk-on assets’ performance during the 2000s was propelled by credit. The global economy is now on the downside of a credit bubble, the full effect of which has yet to be felt in places such as emerging markets. The history of financial bubbles and their subsequent deflation seem to favour the secular underperformance of risk-on assets. Risk-off assets will likely be the secular investment theme of the 2010s.

6. An Obese Tail Risk Scenario

What would you do if you were the commander of Iran's Revolutionary Guards and an attack by Israel/US threatened to destroy a large portion of your country's infrastructure creating the prospect of economic crisis and poverty?

Presumably, you will retaliate. Presumably your goal would be to cause similar destruction on the countries that attacked Iran, to do grave damage to their economies and their people.

But what could you do? Israel has been preparing for this scenario for at least a couple of years. They have excellent air defense systems and missile shields to protect Israelis from missiles launched either from Iran or from Iranian proxies in Lebanon. Launching attacks on American soldiers in the Middle East and Iran would invite massive retaliation against Iran. Neither of these would cause much damage to the global economy and neither will benefit Iran. You could try to close down the Straits of Hormuz but the US Navy is prepared for that. That damage will not last more than a week or two.

So what could you do? We are no experts but we wonder if your first counterstrike should be against Saudi oilfields. These oilfields are almost directly across the Persian Gulf from Iran and easily within the reach of short term missiles and missile-bearing fast boats that Iran possesses. Attacking Saudi oilfields would not involve any American casualties or any attack on Israel. Unlike the Straits of Hormuz, the Saudi oilfields are not international property or in international waters. The oilfields are not hardened targets like military targets, we guess. So it should be relatively easy to cause serious medium term damage to Saudi oilfields fairly quickly.

If you are succeed in doing so and if a meaningful portion of Saudi oil production is knocked out, you would cause Oil to spike to unprecedented levels causing enormous damage to the world economy and to Saudi Arabia, your real enemy in the Middle East. At the same time, revenues to Iran from Iranian oil shipments will skyrocket. No country will retaliate against Iranian oilfields because the world will now need to import even more oil from Iran.

This is what we thought when we saw Thursday's bizarre spectacle of Iranian Press TV reporting an explosion in a Saudi pipeline and Saudi Arabia quickly denying it.  We wondered whether this was a signal of what Iran would do if attacked. Recall that Saddam Hussein blew up Kuwaiti oilfields when he was forced to withdraw from Kuwait. Why shouldn't Iran try to do lasting damage to Saudi oilfields if attacked. A sort of "you destroy Iranian nuclear facilities, we destroy Saudi oilfields" type of MAD or Mutual Assured Destruction. 

We fervently hope that this scenario is just stupidity on our part and a tactical, physical impossibility. We fervently hope that the United States and Saudi Arabia have planned for this possibility with massive air-defense capabilities. But we wonder if investors should maintain a position in OTM call options on Oil to defend their portfolios against this not just fat but truly obese tail risk.


Featured Videoclips:

  1. US, Japan Stocks, High Yield, Spain-Portugal Bonds - David Gerstenhaber on BTV's "Inside Track" on Thursday, March 1
  2. Get Off the Sidelines - Larry Fink on CNBC Closing Bell on Wednesday, February 29
  3. Lucky to get 2% GDP growth in 2012 - Martin Feldstein on CNBC Squawk Box on Wednesday, February 29
  4. Nasdaq, Microsoft, Intel Breakouts - Louise Yamada on BTV's Surveillance Midday on Friday, March 2
  5. Markets will take a Breather - Jordan Kotick on CNBC Closing Bell on Thursday March 1
  6. A $300,000 Bribe in Russia - Steve Liesman on CNBC Fast Money Half Time on Thursday,  March 1

* BTV is our short form for Bloomberg TV




1. US Stocks, Japan, High Yield US Bonds, Spain & Portguese Bonds (04:35 minute clip) - David Gerstenhaber with BTV's Sara Eisen and Stephanie Ruhle - Thursday, March 1


David Gerstenhaber is the founder and president of Argonaut Management LP, a $1.4 billion global macro fund. He was fortunate to have learned the trade from George Soros and Julian Robertson, as BTV's Sara Eisen told us.

The last time we heard Mr. Gerstenhaber was on Wednesday, August 4, 2010 on CNBC Squawk Box. We thought that was one of the most thoughtful interviews we had heard on CNBC Squawk Box for awhile. So we asked Squawk Box to do more such interviews. Well, that was the last we saw of Mr. Gerstenhaber on CNBC.    

So we owe our sincere thanks to Stephanie Ruhle and Sara Eisen of BTV for this interview. Below are his comments but the emphasis are all ours.
  • Eisen - The US has to be at the center of your strategy right now, this blossoming of economic recovery we have seen...are you buying into the recovery story?
  • Gerstenhaber - It is a muted recovery but it is better recovery than we have going anywhere else right now. So in that respect, we are buying into it. If it doesn't persist, we are all in trouble.
  • Ruhle - wait, that just says you are buying into the rally but you don't believe in the rally?
  • Gerstenhaber - No, that's not what I said at all. There is a lot of liquidity out there right now and the economy is doing somewhat better than people would have anticipated. In that respect, one is forced make a decision between risk assets right now and or not-risk assets. And some of the best risk assets are in the United states at this juncture.
  • BTV - Are you talking about stocks?
  • Gerstenhaber - yes, I am talking about stocks. Not just stocks, there are other things that are gonna work well in this environment where there is a lot of liquidity around and where the economy is improving.
  • Ruhle - Let us break down 2012 - where do you want to avoid and where do you want to invest this year?
  • Gerstenhaber - OK, in terms of things that I think make sense, as long as the economy continues to move along at the sort of pace that it is, at least for the first half of the year, stocks ought to work reasonably well. And I think there is a lot of cash on the sidelines at this point which is going to chase stocks and people who are fighting to get in. So it is going to take a significant setback in terms of economic performance to derail the stock market..that's some  place I think you want to be - US stocks. One other question is, what are other stock markets are interesting? Where have things changed somewhat at the margin? I think, Japan is where things have changed at the margin. Monetary policy has moved to become more expansionary and this is an economy where things have been quite weak for an extended period of time and the stock market is quite cheap. So I think you may get some performance out of that market if we are right on monetary policy and if the Yen continues to weaken as well.
  • Eisen - we were just looking at your "Avoid" list, the Japanese Yen is among them. Is this a new Hedge Fund Short?
  • Gerstenhaber - I am not sure how involved Hedge Funds are yet. But I think it is a short. It takes quite awhile for a major trend to change and there has been a major trend in favor of the Yen that has existed for quite a period of time. But at the margin, one of the things that surprised the markets yesterday,.....
  • Eisen (interrupts) - you have made some money on this trade?
Now Ms. Eisen, why would you interrupt Mr. Gerstenhaber when he is about to tell you what surprised markets yesterday? Remember, we watch the show to listen to gurus like him. You got to let them speak.
  • Ruhle - You also have High Yield as a Buy. Isn't that already a crowded trade this year, though?
  • Gerstenhaber - Oh, I don't know how crowded it is. Look, it has equity like characteristics but you get paid a significant premium in terms of yield relative to the equity market.
  • Ruhle - if you can get into the deals though. Is it worth doing your homework for a $2 billion deal that is 10 times oversubscribed and you get $500,000 worth of bonds?
  • Gerstenhaber - I wouldn't think it is actually. But, the index is out there. You can participate in the Index.
  • Ruhle - Do you use the High Yield ETF?
  • Gerstenhaber - We use the straight CDS as a better proxy so No, we are not using the ETF.
  • Eisen - I want to ask you about Europe because in December you told us that you were very worried about Portugal...Has anything changed?
  • Gerstenhaber - Sara, two large rounds of LTRO have changed things rather significantly...
  • Eisen - How do you play Europe?
  • Gerstenhaber - I think, look, the thing that is most interesting are some of the peripheral bonds at this point...you got lot of liquidity in there supporting the banks..banks will buy this paper and will.
  • Ruhle - what do you mean peripheral bonds?
  • Gerstenhaber - I mean Spain and Italy.
  • Ruhle - How about Greek bonds in here? Too dicey?
  • Gerstenhaber - yeah, too dicey for me. Too complicated.
  • Eisen - But you are buying Spain and Italy?
  • Gerstenhaber - I am buying Spain and Italy. Now, you don't want to be wedded to these positions. If something goes wrong, they will go wrong in fairly rapid order..but there is more liquidity, banks are going to buy them. and yield levels on these are attractive and there is no immediate crisis to derail them I think.

2. Get off the sidelines - Larry Fink with CNBC's Maria Bartiromo - Wednesday, February 29

Larry Fink is the CEO and Chairman of BlackRock, the world's largest asset management firm.  When he speaks, investors listen.

  • Fink - If you look at the prices in Europe, this past fall was a liquidity crisis. You had Banks who were being forced into liquidating their assets, primarily sovereign wealth -- sovereign credits, and they were forced to start selling that. That was a snowball. As they were trying to get prepared for Basel 2, and ultimately Basel 3, that selling created a real panic. There was an absolute, you know, lacking of liquidity. So what President Draghi & the ECB did, they started in December with the first LTRO, which is a three-year term repo, and did it again last night, this morning. and they're stabilizing the liquidity in Europe. And I think this is really essential. We have seen Italian and Spanish yields decline over 300 basis points,  a good indication of the stability we're beginning to see in Europe. We should not think that this is a fix,  this is a stabilizer. This procedure creates an atmosphere in which now the politicians can find ways to stabilizing their deficits, and most importantly, they have now two to three years to start fixing their economy towards growth. So I think what the ECB has given Europe time to fix their problem. This is not a fix, it's a stabilizer.
  • Bartiromo - I think some people would argue, look, part of this whole strategy is the ECB is having the banks borrow the money, and then the banks can buy the sovereign debt. But are we loading up these European Banks with the sovereign debt down the road, and creating an even more risk?
  • Fink - I don't think they're going way out beyond three years in maturity. So they're buying sovereign credits that will meet the financing terms of the vehicle, that the ECB is creating. They're not out there buying ten-year debt. But we've seen a big decline in ten-year debt, because of the fear of rollover financing, it has been abated and now we're seeing long investors come in and buy 5 and 7 and 10-year sovereign debt. So it's not just the banks that are buying this debt, but the ECB has created a mechanism in which the banks, (a) don't need to sell the assets that they had to because of the liquidity issue, and (b), if the banks choose to make a positive arbitrage by borrowing from the ECB money and then buying the sovereign credits out to three years, they'll be matched funded between the assets and liabilities.
  • Bartiromo - This is a major issue as far as the back drop of the economies of the world, and the market. Let me ask you about the Federal Reserve today. We had the beige book out. We've got rock-bottom interest rates. You're looking at this as a sort of real trip-up, a negative for investors who are thinking this is safe, and they're missing opportunities and higher yielding securities.
  • Fink - I think the biggest risk for investors today is not whether the market's going up or down in the next week, or next month, I think the greatest risk for investors are not making decisions. We are all going to live longer. We all have so much science now in helping us translate diseases that were once deadly into chronic diseases. So we're going to live longer. In the United States, especially, we're not even prepared financially to finance the lifestyle that we're looking for, and now if we're going to live longer, we're going to have a bigger shortfall. At Black Rock, we're concerned about this gap. And we believe with our leadership role, it is our responsibility to speak up about this giant savings gap, this giant gap to meet your retirement. We spend so much time focusing on our health care needs, and we want to live better lives to live longer, but we're not thinking about the financial aspects of living longer. and are we going to have enough financial resources to afford the lifestyle that we're used to.
  • Bartiromo - the longevity is a major issue. and I know that's one of the most important as far as you framing where we are right now. so let's answer that very simple straightforward question that you have put forth in terms of this branding campaign. what do I do with my money? How do you invest in this environment?
  • Fink - We believe there are five opportunities in terms of investing. So I may be 100% interested (does this mean Mr. Fink is NOT 100% invested in equities today, even though he has been preaching so since June 2011?)  in owning equities myself,  but obviously many people can't afford the volatility. Many people have to be looking for other sources of income. So we have stated that we believe in -- because we're so constructive on corporations worldwide, owning dividend stocks is a great opportunity. Owning high yield is a great opportunity to earn extra return, higher returns to meet those longevity needs. We also believe there's a role for active management and passive management. So we're not against either way. It's really a determinant on how much risk you want to take. We feel there are many ways to actually earn the returns you need. We believe individuals and companies need to be focusing more on alternatives, whether it is real estate or different forms of hedge funds where you're going to be able to provide those types of returns. So what we're trying to suggest are, there are many investment opportunities to invest, but you have to have a time horizon that's not a week, not even a year, you have to think about what are your needs for retirement, and how are you going to get to that pool of money to meet those needs. The one thing that I think we're saying loudly is, there's a cost of owning cash. Everyone thinks cash is risk-free and definitionally cash is risk-free. However, the cost of inaction may be far greater. So if you're a 38-year-old or a 42-year-old, and are not investing for your retirement, that cost is compounded. And you only have a short period of time to build that nest egg. So there is a huge cost of owning cash. right.
  • Bartiromo - What about that, what about sectors, what about parts of the world? Where do you want to be exposed to now? You're traveling all over the world all the time speaking to deep-pocketed investors. Where is the vibrancy? Where are they placing their bets? and I use bets lightly, I'm talking long term sectors and geoographies.
  • Fink - You always follow where GDPs go. Look at the emerging world as a sector to be investing in. You don't have to do that by investing specifically in the emerging world. Own the GEs and Honeywell, JPMorgan, and the other stocks that are multinational that are earning returns worldwide. Even at Black Rock, 40% of our business now is outside the United States. So you can be looking at multinational companies that pay dividends. Look at multinational companies that have -- that have debt that's long dated, that may be earning 4%, 5%, 6% returns.
  • Bartiromo - What do you think the implications are of day in, day out, such low volume and low volatility? what is that a symptom of or result of?
  • Fink - I think low volume is, a, a concern of the future. So people are holding back. I also think low volume is also an issue of this fear of the future. It's not just a function of low volume, it's a function of how much of a pool of money is sitting in cash. Industrial S&P companies in the United States are sitting with $1 trillion in cash. This phenomenon is not just with investors, it's with CEOs, they're holding back, too. So low volume is just -- is an indicator of this fear, this inaction. bottom line, 
  • Bartiromo - bottom line, get off the sidelines, get your money working for you again.
  • Fink - I think you have a greater risk if you don't start acting now.


3. Lucky to get 2% GDP growth in 2012 - Martin Feldstein on CNBC Squawk Box (11:10 minute clip)  - Wednesday, February 29


Professor Feldstein is the George F. Baker Professor of Economics at Harvard University and Professor Emeritus of the National Bureau of Economic Research. His stature is such that CNBC's Joe Kernen actually treated him gently and and with visible respect. This may be why he focused on asking economic questions in this interview.

  • Kernen - I'm not optimistic about,..Washington doing anything in the next year. Let's say this sequester goes in and the Bush tax cuts expire. Is that a net positive if that were to happen for the deficit? Or do we absolutely need new legislation to figure out the tax system?
  • Feldstein - I think that would be a terrible outcome and it's not an outcome that I'm expecting. I think the economy is not strong enough to take that. I think what's important is that after the election, the two parties get together and recognize they have to make some changes.... After the election, I think we'll see compromise.
  • Kernen - So you think we ought to reform taxes on both the individual and corporate level? that's what we need?
  • Feldstein - That's certainly what I've been saying for years and it's never been more true than it is today. Kernen - What do you make of the President's plan to go to 28% and to go to 25% on manufacturing? Is that good start? Or just a political move before the election?
  • Feldstein - Well taken by itself, it's a move in the right direction. The trouble is, that he has combined it with penalizing companies that produce abroad, that are part of multinational U.S. corporations, that create jobs in the United States by having subsidiaries abroad that market their products. So he just didn't get the message that every other country but the United States has what's called a territorial tax system for its multiple national corporations  which gives them a real advantage over ours.
  • Kernen - What should we do on the individual side of things?
  • Feldstein - Well I think we need to take a hard look at the tax expenditures. Over the years, the Congress has decided that the way to spend money is to change the tax law and to build those incentives into the tax law for spending, whether it's for mortgage debt or for solar panels; you name it and they have found a way to use the tax law to spend money. So I think we've got to go after those tax expenditures. If we do that, we can bring down personal rates.
  • Kernen - Who is right, Doctor, about how we increase what the government has to spend? Do we do it through pro growth initiatives that eventually the revenues go up? Or do we do it just simply from raising taxes?
  • Feldstein - We want to get the growth up. And if we get the growth up, that will produce additional revenue. There are all kinds of spending programs, of the sort I just have been describing, spending programs that are built into the tax code. That we ought to be cutting back. If they were listed as, as outlays, there would be strong support from Republicans for cutting them back. Because they come through the tax code and raise revenue, there's confusion about just what they are. But they are spending done through the tax code and we ought to cut that spending so we can bring down tax rates.
  • Schwartz - Hi, Marty, it's Allen Schwartz. Couldn't we bring down rates on all side if we just basically eliminate, you know, really broaden the base and tried not to distinguish which behaviors the government would like to encourage and which discourage and let the market decide that? Couldn't we get growth and revenue increases at the same time?
  • Feldstein - Yes, absolutely. I think that's what I meant when I said there are all of these so-called tax expenditures in the tax code, broaden the base, put a cap on those. Don't let people have unlimited amounts of employer-financed health insurance or so many of the other things where as you say, the government is trying to manipulate the economy through tax incentives to increase spending on this or that. So we ought to get rid of some of those and cap others.
  • Kernen - Put your MBA hat back on, what are we going to do this year on GDP? Do we need the Fed training wheels beyond to the extent that they're on?
  • Feldstein - I'm concerned about the pace of activity this year....My personal view is that we're not going to see the kind of 3% GDP growth that some people are calling for. I think we'll be lucky if we have 2%. There are strong headwinds. It's going to be hard to maintain Exports. Consumption got boosted last year because people cut their saving rate sharply. I don't think that's going to happen again. We've got higher oil prices. So it's going to be a tough year. And being under 2%, which is where we were last year, I think is more likely then higher rates.
  • Quick - Dr. Feldstein, does that put you in consensus with the Fed, which is now saying we shouldn't expect to see higher interest rates until 2014?
  • Feldstein - 2014 to me is a long way off in the future. I don't read the Fed's message as a commitment. to keep them that low. I think they're saying if necessary, they would keep them that low. That's okay. But it will be a big mistake to say that no matter what happens in the economy, we're going to keep short-term rates close to 0.
  • Kernen - Are we really at 8.3% on unemployment? Have we been making strides? or do the people that talk about participation rate, are they on to something? 
  • Feldstein - They sure are. That is over the last year, the unemployment rate has come down by more than a full percentage point. But about half of that is because people have stopped looking for work or haven't even started looking for work. Young people coming out of school and saying well, no point in looking for a job, I'll continue in school. So we haven't seen the improvements in the labor market that the unemployment rate suggests.
  • Kernen - Do you see anything at this point, Doctor, on to worry about on the inflation front? I mean oil is eventually filters into everything, but the Fed's okay there, aren't they?
  • Feldstein - I don't see any short-term inflation problems. By short-term, I mean this year, next year. It's hard to believe that in this economy, we're going to see significant inflation problems. But I think further down the road, the Fed going to have to find ways of unwinding its very large balance sheet without allowing that to turn into inflation.
  • Kernen - What about China or Europe? Anything thaw want to weigh in on either area?
  • Feldstein - Well, Europe. There isn't a Europe. There are a bunch of different countries in very different economic positions. Greece is a basket case. They've now just about formally defaulted. I think they will make that a formal default, we will see the credit default swaps triggered. I think Greece would be better off, the rest of Europe would be better off, if Greece just took a leave of absence and said -- we've got to go back to the Drachma, we've got to fix our economy, we've got to devalue and we'll see whether we can be back into the Euro a few years from now. For the rest of Europe, things are going much better than some of the pessimists thought just a few months ago and you see that in what's happened to the interest rates on Italian bonds, and on Spanish bonds. They've come down from 7%-plus, down into the mid 5's. So I think those countries are making progress. and I think it's important for that to be recognized, instead of being lumped in with Greece.
  • Kernen - Are there ten countries in Europe that can have the same currency and the same interest rates and behave themselves? Could you count ten?
  • Feldstein - Well, they can do it, but they're going to pay a price for it. I mean, I've been saying that since they first started talking about the euro. That if you try to squeeze 10 or 17 heterogeneous countries into the same currency, you'll find things you don't like. Lots of sun, nobody is working.
  • Schwartzsome people are beginning to say, you know, obviously credit crisis in the past have been dealt with through devaluation, this isn't available to some of these weaker countries. Some people are saying they're seeing signs like out of Italy that will finally underline some of their problems, do you think that's possible, long-term?
  • Feldstein - Certainly is. I mean Italy is in many ways a vibrant economy. Again, they really are two Italys, There's northern Italy, a big exporting, manufacturing, vibrant economy. And there's the area south of Rome, which is in a different world. It's like a microcosm of what we're talking about.
  • Kernen - My last question, so there's all of these structural problems that Italy has and that Europe has with labor and you know, they're well documented how they sort of got off-track. are they learning a lesson and headed back the other way as we're moving towards them, in your view?
  • Feldstein - I hope we're not moving towards them. Although from time to time it sure looks like this administration is pushing us in that direction. I think the Italians are learning that lesson. When Mario Monti was appointed as prime minister, he said look, the pension system in this country is just too expensive. We've got to slow it down. We're going to have delays in retirement. We're going to have a change in the inflation indexing and the public accepted it. There was one three-hour strike. Well, for Italy, that's hardly anything. So it was clear recognition on the part of the public that changes need to be made to keep the Debt-to-GDP ratio, the government Debt-to-GDP ratio from rising. And to turn it down. they're going to be on a course over the next four to five years that will bring the ratio down.
 

4. Breakouts in Nasdaq, Intel and Microsoft - Louise Yamada on BTV's Surveillance Midday - Friday, March 2

Louise Yamada is a widely respected technician. Unlike many, she does not focus on daily, weekly or short term movements but instead makes long term calls. Here she takes pains to explain her views in detail to BTV's Tom Keene.


  • ...at this point, we have positive signs for the Dow, the S&P,..., the Nasdaq. So we suspect that any pullback or pause here should be one that refreshes.
  •  where we saw monthly sell signals come into play almost a year ago, which kept us cautious first on the emerging markets, and then on the US, now we are beginning to see the emergence of the long term buy signals.
  • There is not just one thing. We want to see a progression of pluses coming to the fore.... We are not daytraders. We try and establish what some of the structural trends are out there, so people can start  to position in them.
  •  the Nasdaq is finally picking up. You had a 10-year breakout here which is very exciting. In the terms of technology, the relative strength actually broke out of a 6-7 years range..back in 2009.
  • In terms of the Nasdaq 100, Apple is about 16% of it. What is starting to come to the fore in terms of the Nasdaq breakout, you are seeing some of the heretofore dead issues like Microsoft, Intel come to the fore and they have a significant weighting too...plus the bases we are seeing in a lot of technology names from pullbacks to breakouts that offer the opportunity to buy on weakness
  • the other ratio we watch is emerging to developed nations ratio and that had a long term uptrend of emerging outperformance but it looked like a top for awhile, looked as though may be you are going to see a breakdown towards the developed, but right now we think you are going to see it play in the neutral range and by the end of 2012 you will be coming into that long term uptrend, then you have to make a decision -- we suspect we go back to an outperformance of the emerging,,we shall see
  •  I would be long Microsoft, absolutely . You have a nice 3-4 year breakout that has just taken place, a little farther you will perhaps exceed that other peak
  •  Intel.....has broken out of a much longer base so that's actually looks like the Nasdaq itself. It is one that is initiating, definitely if you want to buy something at the initiation stage.


5. Markets Will Take a Breather - Jordan Kotick on CNBC Closing Bell - Thursday, March 1

Jordan Kotick of Barclays Capital has been featured in these articles on several occasions. He is succinct in his comments and thoughtful in his comments.
  • Kotick - We've had a tremendous run in January and February. In March and April we look for the market to exhale and take a bit of a pregnant pause. The Emerging Markets stand out to us. If you look at January and February, they're strong. But once we get into March, that tends to be when the markets do start to under-perform a bit.....It's been a tremendous year for most of these markets - 18, 14, 12, 10%... March is the seasonal time when money tends to come off the table in the end space. In America, quarter end is the end of March. Tax deadlines are in April. The seasonal back drop supports that.
  • Bartiromo - Let's take a look at the internals, Jordan. We're constantly looking at the AD line and volume. What does that tell you?
  • Kotick - I was taught internals are everything with the stock market. What we're starting to see is a tremendous run higher, and it's still bullish this year but we re stating to get to levels; (points to the chart on the screen) this is a percentage of stocks above the 200-day on the Nasdaq. This is the advance decline line. As you can see here, we're starting to get levels right up where the market has paused. The internals are supportive but we're starting to get to levels where historically, the market has paused, too far, too soon. Fitting with the seasonal back drop, that maybe we just need to pause for a month or two and catch our breath.
  • Bartiromo - I've been astounded at some of these valuations in technology. a lot of people saying that, sure, the Nasdaq is the winner on the year. but let's not forget that you're talking about nine, ten, 11 times earnings which is lower than the broader market. You're bullish on tech as well as banking. Talk about that and what about housing?
  • Kotick - biggest sectors we like this year have been tech and banking and energy. We like all of them this year. But in the background we want to keep an eye on housing, because it's not on too many people's radar. The housing market has been outperforming the broad market since 2011. Now the housing index, which has been in a range now for the better part of two years, is not far from breaking above the top of the range. So we've had out-performance in housing, the housing stocks are doing well, they're coming up to the top end of a three-year range where we expect it to pause and stutter step. But in the back half of the year, if we're right about keeping the bullish focus, banking, technology and energy, and housing, simply a position people don't have.
  • Bartiromo - Oil moving to $110 a barrel in the extended hours. What do the charts say?
  • Kotick - Energy's our favorite sector this year. While the market consolidates in March and April, we think energy goes higher. It will be heating oil. The market cannot sit down, even when you had a chance to decline the best the market can do is go sideways. When you go sideways when you have an upside trend, it speaks to the underlying bid in the market. while we should have a corrective activity and a choppy tone in March and April. Rbob, heating oil, even natural gas we're looking to bottom out, Brent, WTI, We think there is a lot of upside throughout most of the year for energy.

6. A $300,000 bribe in Moscow - Steve Liesman on CNBC Fast Money Half Time Report (05:54 minute clip) - Thursday, March 1

Steve Liesman did several short stories on Russia during his visit to Moscow for the Presidential election this weekend. He told us the bull case, two years of 4+% GDP growth with 6% unemployment rate and 4% inflation rate. He also described the long term problems and the dependence on oil revenues.

The most interesting comment we heard was about Russia's corruption, level of government corruption that even President Medvedev said was out of control. Then Steve gave us a real case:
  • I visited a couple of guys I knew when I was living here. They tell me the corruption story which was big back then is off the charts now... one guy I know was putting on a multimillion dollar international trade show, he was threatened to be shut down a couple of days before it started by a fire inspector asking for a bribe.. the amount of the bribe  asked by the fore inspector - $300,000.
And they say New York is corrupt.




Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter

Rigorous Analysis Or A Manufactured Anti-Indian Thesis by Wharton?


Update: On March 23, 2012, Knowledge@Wharton published a rejoinder from Macro Viewpoints to the original article that we discussed in our article below. Our rejoinder at Knowledge@Wharton can be read at Real Drivers of Corruption in India and the Rest of the World.



We have written extensively about the level of corruption in Indian electocracy. We welcomed the recent anti-corruption drive by Gandhian Anna Hazare as India's second battle of Independence. Recently, the Indian Supreme Court cancelled 122 telecom licenses that were granted in a "corrupt" auction. This auction represents, hopefully, the peak of the business-political nexus that drives corruption in India.

So we were pleased to hear that Wharton had published an article about business ethics in India. We expected to read analysis, to obtain insight from a school that markets its "Rigorous Scholarship" to 1.8 million subscribers of Knowlegde@Wharton. We assumed that an article published under the Knowledge@Wharton imprimatur and approved for by publication by Wharton Editors would be an example of intellectual rigor in practice.

We were disappointed in what we read. The article is not just trite or superficial. It seeks to manufacture a thesis under a self-proclaimed mantle of cultural and religious superiority. Below we present our case and leave it to the readers to decide between the merits of the Wharton Article and our criticism.


1. Business vs. Ethics: The India Tradeoff  - the Wharton View


The basic premise of the Wharton article is that there are two sets of ethics, "Western Ethics" and Indian Ethics. The article sends the message that there is a structural, innate difference between these two sets of "ethics". The article points to the case of Amar Singh, a well known Member of Parliament and power broker, to illustrate their case of the "uniquely Indian" practice of "finding a way to your cheese."

The authors then make an intellectual and metaphysical jump to argue that the "innate difference" between Western & Indian ethics derives from Indian religious texts like Ramayan & MahaBharat and from Indian cultural contexts. 

This central message allows the authors to bemoan the "neglect of Western ethical norms" in Indian business and question whether India is moving towards a more "Western" business ethics or whether it has already reached a static state.

As historical support for their case, the authors cite Kipling's notorious statement, "Oh, East is East and West is West, and never the twain shall meet." The authors use this citation to write about the stereotypes of the "unethical emerging East" and the "ethical emerged West".


2. Our View


In contrast to its sweeping assertions, the Wharton article does not provide rigorous analysis or comparative evidence to justify their hypothesis of a structural, innate, unbridgeable difference between "Western" and "Indian" ethics. The article does not present any analytical chain linking their hypothesis to their conclusion. Instead, they simply state their thesis in a "we consider these truths to be self-evident" manner.

Our own view is that there are only differences of scale between today's standards of business ethics in America and India. These differences of scale can be attributed to the different stages of development, institutionalization and capital generation in India and America. A better comparison could be made between American ethical practices prevalent about 100 years ago and Indian ethical practices today. 

Secondly, we question the use of the all-encompassing term "western". In fact, the American Bill of Rights and the American Constitution are the best evidence of the structural chasm between American ethical thought and European thought, practices and ethics. This leads us to wonder whether the term "western" ethics is really a code word for Christian ethics. This may be the reason the article makes gratuitously false references to "Hindu" texts like Ramayan and MahaBharat.

Below we share how we arrived at our views about the Wharton article.


3. Getting the Cheese - An Innately Structural Difference or a Difference in Scale?


The article cites the case of a well-known Indian politician helping a leading commodities player "fix policy, obtain clearance and resolve legal irregularities". The article quotes the politician saying "no one can do things for you like I do." This the article says is a uniquely Indian approach of "finding your way to your cheese."

We are simple folk and we tend to think simply. To us, this practice seems similar to the uniquely American practice called Lobbying. Every major business, US or Multinational, including new entrants like Hedge Funds & Technology companies, and every Foreign Government is advised to engage lobbyist firms, otherwise known as Washington DC K Street cabal, if they want to influence the US Congress to fix policy, obtain legislative clearances and influence the political decision making. This week, Google, the ethical technology company that professes to "do good", announced the hiring of Susan Molinari, a Republican politician, to head their Washington DC office.

Prominent, powerful US Congressmen and Senators routinely migrate to private industry where they use their congressional relationships, expertise and contacts to lobby their ex-colleagues. Last year, Senator Chris Dodd, the author of the Dodd-Frank legislation designed to root out unethical practices, moved over to become a richly compensated Chairman & CEO of the Motion Picture Association. In this new capacity, Senator Dodd tried to push through a legislation protecting the profits of the motion picture and content companies. Congressman Oxley, the author of the Sarbanes-Oxley bill, left the Congress years ago to become a richly compensated lobbyist, first for the Nasdaq and then for FINRA. 

This is how the business-politics nexus works in America. How is this innately and structurally different from what Indian politicians practice? Yes, the American congressmen do not make as much money as lobbyists or facilitators as their Indian counterparts do. Yes, the American practice has developed a structure, a facade to cloak its nature under a legal and systematic form of finding a way to the cheese.

Would any article in Wharton link this "uniquely American" practice to American cultural context or to Christian texts like the Bible? Of course not. But Wharton, its editors and its authors, were quick to derive Indian business practices from their own perceptions of Indian cultural context and Indian religious texts.


4. The Wharton notion of "Western"


The Wharton article never uses the term "American". Instead the article uses the all-encompassing term "Western ethics"  without defining it.  Today, the world is witness to the enormous differences between American ethics and European ethics. Virtually every European country suffers from massive corruption in its political-business nexus and from widespread evasion of taxes of all kinds.

America's Founding Fathers understood old Europe very well. They wanted their new country to be radically different from Europe. This is why the American Bill of Rights is structurally and fundamentally different from European thought, practices and "ethics". 

So where does the Wharton article derive the concept of "Western Ethics"? They could not derive it from any practices in today's Greece, Italy, Spain, Portugal or France. The article does not list the common factors the authors see between "American ethics" and "European ethics". This is why we think the authors use their term "western ethics" as a code word for Christian thought.

There is nothing wrong in using Christian theological or metaphysical approaches to discuss business ethics. We just think it needs to be done directly and in broad day light. Instead, the Wharton article does so using code words and verbal slight of hand. That, we think, is unethical both from an American and Indian point of view.


5. "Racist" Undertones in the Wharton Article


The authors quote Rudyard Kipling as if he were George Washington, Abraham Lincoln, Mahatma Gandhi or Martin Luther Ling. Look at the following quote of Kipling to get a sense of that man:
  • (Rudyard Kipling) - It was the Bengali male's "extraordinary effeminacy", as evinced by his diminutive physique, his flowing clothes, and his worship of goddesses, that best illustrated why he, and by extension India, had to be guided by the firm, benevolent hand of a supremely masculine race.
Kipling was not alone in his racial disgust of Hindus. Noted British author James Mill said:
  • "the Hindu, like the eunuch, excels in the qualities of a slave,
What about Macaulay?
  • "All those arts which are the natural defence of the weak are more familiar to this subtle race than to...the Jew of the dark ages," Macaulay had written of the Bengali, who compressed into his diminutive form every loathsome aspect of the Hindu
Whether Kipling was a avowed racist is a question we leave for another discussion. But there is no doubt whatsoever that his "the east is east and West is West and never shall the twain meet" is a racist statement.

And the Wharton article refers to this racist claim as if it were a "self-evident truth"! And Wharton Editors allowed this to be published under the Wharton imprimatur!

The racist undertones of the Wharton article also extend to Indian businessmen. The authors begin their article with a seemingly plaintive cry of Ratan Tata, "If you choose not to participate in [corruption], you leave behind a fair amount of business." In other words, Mr. Tata is portrayed as an unwilling and reluctant participant in "Indian ethics", forced to do so at the expense of his conscience. In contrast, Babaj Hindusthan Sugar, a traditional "Indian" business is portrayed as a willing participant in the Indian way to the cheese.

For those who don't know, Mr. Tata is a Parsi, a religious minority that used to be close to the British. In other words, Mr, Tata is unsullied by "Indian cultural contexts and ethical equilibriums" that the Wharton article detests. Therefore, according to the Wharton authors, Mr. Tata is to be pitied and quoted positively while Bajaj Hindusthan Sugar is to be negatively characterized as immersed in "Indian ethics". 

We ask readers to read the Wharton article carefully and then decide for themselves whether they agree with our claim of racial undertones in the Wharton article.


6. Wharton view of Indian Society vs. the facts

Look at the following paragraph in the Wharton article:
  • Historically, Indian society has placed a great emphasis on loyalty to the collective, be it one's caste, village or family. This drives a culture of favors, friendships and clanship that clashes with the Western concepts of conflict of interest and pure meritocracy.
We confess to be perplexed. Both "Clan" and "Caste" are Western words. The concept of Clan was widely prevalent in Scotland and Ireland. The English word Caste is derived from Portuguese Casta, a term for people bound by lineage. Europe is still bound by the notions of clans, and communities. This is why Greek labor, Italian labor is unwilling and incapable of migrating to German industrial provinces for work. In contrast, migration of labor and executives is routine and widespread in India.

The culture of ethnic favors and friendships is widely prevalent in Europe and in today's New York City where jobs are routinely given to people of their community, by Irish-Americans to other Irish-Americans, by Italian-Americans to other Italian-Americans etc. 

Look at today's Europe and ask whether you see any signs of the "western" concept of "pure meritocracy". An American Pepsi, an American Citibank can have Indian-American CEOs. Show us "Western European" companies that practice such meritocracy.  Forget about Indians. A German company would find it extremely difficult to appoint a Greek or Spanish CEO.

We don't know where the Wharton article gets its understanding of Indian society. Perhaps from the same impulses that lead them to quote Rudyard Kipling.


7. Wharton view of Indian Religious Texts

Look the following paragraphs from the Wharton article:
  • Furthermore, Indian literary history fully embraces the concept of noble ends justifying dubious means. Three texts intrinsic to Indian culture and philosophy help to explain the current business landscape: the epics Ramayana and Mahabarata and the economic treatise Arthshastra.

  • In both the Ramayana and the Mahabharata, even gods resort to deceit and trickery to accomplish their ends. In the latter, Lord Krishna repeatedly devises "underhanded" methods to defeat the opposing army -- going so far as to encourage the protagonist, Arjuna, to attack and kill an unarmed adversary.

These paragraphs show the utter ignorance of the Wharton authors and editors. And that is putting it mildly and charitably.

First, the concept of noble ends justifying dubious means:
  • Consider the decision of President Truman to drop atom bombs on the innocent civilians of Hiroshima and Nagasaki. President Truman had to weigh the prospect of thousands of American casualties and the prospect of a long arduous war to defeat the Japanese army on Japanese land. So he chose, after deliberation, to cause the deaths of thousands of unarmed civilians to protect lives of American soldiers. American history supports this decision to this day. This decision has been supported by Christian thought in America as being valid under the Christian Just War doctrine. Has any Wharton article condemned President Truman for this decision? Has any Wharton article used American history and Christian doctrine of Just War to explain the lack of ethics in today's American business landscape? We doubt it. 
The concept of using deceit and trickery to accomplish their ends:
  • Consider today's American practice of drone attacks to kill suspected Afghan terrorists. These people are killed from the air and they are defenseless against the drones. Often, innocent civilians are killed along with the suspected terrorists. This is justified as "collateral damage" under American war doctrine which itself is derived from Christian thought. Has Wharton published any article that uses these tactics to explain lack of ethics in today's American landscape.
These are but two examples. History is full of examples in which the doctrines of Just War have been used. Yet, no previous Wharton article has ever blamed Christianity or linked such Christian doctrines to today's business ethics in predominantly Christian "West".

The reality is the doctrines of Dharma-Yudh or Ethical War were first established in ancient Indian texts including the Ramayan and MahaBharat. The central even in the MahaBharat is the MahaBharat War in which an entire generation perished. This is often called the First World War because just about every country in the then known world participated and in which, according to the epic, about 3 million warriors died.

The MahaBharat covers the aspects of Dharma-Yudh or Ethical War in great detail with a multiplicity of metaphysical approaches. Some European scholars argue that many of the Christian doctrines borrowed heavily from Indian metaphysics of that era. That is not so hard to believe when you European and Indian languages are derived from the same Indo-European family and today's European languages have borrowed a great deal from Samskrut.

None of this matters to the Wharton authors or the Wharton editors. And why should it when facts conflict with their manufactured thesis?


8. The Curious use of Goldman Sachs in the Wharton Article

Look at the following paragraph from the Wharton article:
  • Goldman Sachs India admitted that growth to date has been slow, as the company's priority has been to protect its reputation by dealing only with clients with the highest ethical standards.
We would like to ask whether there is a single country on earth in which Goldman chooses to deal with clients with less than highest ethical standards? We think not and the Wharton article does not say. Instead, the Wharton article seems to suggest, again without any evidence, that Goldman's slow growth in India is due to the paucity of Indian clients with highest ethical standards.

This we think is defamation via tenuous word play.

We find it ironic that the Wharton article uses the same Investment Bank to defame Indian businesses that itself has been accused by American Regulators of unethical practices. As we recall, Goldman Sachs settled a case with the US Securities and Exchange Commission by paying a penalty $550 million dollars.

But the Wharton authors and editors seem oblivious to this irony. And why shouldn't they be? After all, their mission was to manufacture a thesis that Indian Ethics is innately, structurally weaker than "western ethics" principally due to Indian religious and cultural contexts.  


9. What does the Wharton article remind us of?

Rarely has a single company been so vilified as Goldman Sachs has been since 2009. Some argue the vilification is due to envy of Goldman's huge profits. Some argue it is due to Goldman being a solitary winner in 2008 when all their peers lost huge amounts of money, a sort of a 21st century Salem witch hunt.

A few have wondered softly whether Goldman's vilification is based on deep-seated anti-Jewish prejudice. We have read comments that suggest Goldman's actions originate from a innate, structural difference between Christian ethics and Jewish ethics. These arguments were either expressed directly or suggested indirectly when the anti-Goldman hysteria was at its peak a couple of years ago.

The Wharton article on the innate difference between "Western" and Indian Ethics reminds us of the traditional anti-Jewish propaganda so prevalent in Europe, both today and in the past. This attitude was best portrayed by Shakespeare in the trial of Shylock in the Merchant of Venice. In his lecture to Shylock about the quality of mercy, the Judge suggests that mercy is solely a Christian virtue that a Jew cannot grasp without coercive persuasion and even then perhaps be unable to understand it because of his Jewish religion.

The authors of the Wharton article seem to be sending a similar message that the quality of ethics is a Western or Christian virtue that Indian business cannot grasp because of their Indian religious and cultural context or equilibrium. 

Frankly, we find this message of the Wharton article utterly odious.


10. Our Conclusion


Based on our arguments and views above, we find the Wharton article to be false, manufactured, biased and defamatory at its core. We do not blame the authors because we cherish their freedom to express their opinions.

But we do find fault, serious fault with the editors of Knowledge@Wharton for publishing this article in its raw form. Besides being biased and defamatory, the article does not even meet the basic threshold of intellectual rigor.

We do no wish to be unfair to either the Wharton authors or Wharton editors. So we seek and welcome their responses to our views. We shall print them verbatim.



Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com or @Macroviewpoints on Twitter

.

Interesting Videoclips of the Week (February 20 - February 24, 2012)



Editor's Note:  In this series of articles, we include important or interesting videoclips with our comments. This is an article that expresses our personal opinions about comments made on Television and in Print. It is NOT intended to provide any investment advice of any type whatsoever.  No one should base any investing decisions or conclusions based on anything written in or inferred from this article. Investing is a serious matter and all investment decisions should only be taken after a detailed discussion with your investment advisor and should be subject to your objectives, suitability requirements and risk tolerances.



What's Not To Like

S&P 500 closed this week at its highest level in nearly four years. Michigan consumer sentiment number came in at the highest level since a year ago. Apple, the symbol of consumer spending, closed at a new all time high. Europe seems quiet and a Fed President lauded the ECB for its good job. VIX, the Volatility Index, keeps trending lower. And interest rates stay low despite the ebullience. So may be all is indeed right with this world!

That is Leon Cooperman told us this week (see clip 5 below). He has great confidence that the Fed is ultimately going to get their way.  And what "way" is that? - Elevate asset prices, help consumption, help the economy and in 2-3 years time, worry about inflation and raise rates.

President Bullard of the St. Louis Fed went farther than Mr. Cooperman and predicted 3% GDP growth in 2012 and a drop in the unemployment rate to 7.8% by the end of the year.  President Bullard also said that he would raise interest rates in 2013 (see clip 2 below).

Frankly, we don't take President Bullard seriously. Because, the Treasury market didn't take his views seriously. That was the message of the spectacular 7-year auction on Thursday. The auction drove the entire Treasury curve down in yield. The long end of the curve continued its rally on Friday with the 10-year yield closing below 2%. 


The US Stock Market - Technical Calls

How can all asset classes rally at the same time? How often has that happened and how has it been resolved? David Darst of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney provided the answer on Friday afternoon:
  • .. last 60 months, that's five years, there have been only 4 times when stocks, bonds, gold and oil have gone up in one month. January was one of those, that's the 5th time. Every single time, that's a medium term peak for stocks and they are down by double digits a few months later. \
This week, Adam Johnson of Bloomberg announced that Tom DeMark had gone to cash a couple of weeks ago. Strangely Mr. DeMark neither volunteered this information nor did he explain his reasons for such a major decision. He simply said he is looking for two more up closes and then a 5.56% decline in the S&P. He said this decline would be more rotational and the declines in sectors could be much larger than the decline in the S&P 500 (see clip 7 below).

In contrast, Jeff Weiss came on CNBC Fast Money to describe the current rally as much better than people are giving credit for. His caveat is the 1300 level. Lawrence McMillan of The Option Strategist calls the technical picture bullish as long as SPX holds above 1340. 


The U.S. Economy

Perhaps, President Bullard like Chairman Bernanke takes his clues about the economy from the stock market. Some others don't. Prominent among them are Lakshman Achuthan of ECRI and David Rosenberg of Gluskin Sheff.

David Rosenberg sees Q1 GDP at 1% and predicts a serious recession in Europe. Just as the effects of the 2008 US recession were felt in Europe a couple of quarters later, he sees the impact of a European recession hitting the US with a lag. He thinks this lag is being misunderstood by optimists as decoupling (see clip 3 below).

Lakshman Achuthan stands by ECRI's recession call and states out that the coincident indicator index of the US economy is down 21% year over year. He points out that the velocity of money has dropped to a record low in the US. If he turns out to be correct, the consequences for all risk markets could be harsh. This is why we gave our pole position of the week to Mr. Achuthan's clip.


Emerging Markets & Fund Flows 

Michael Hartnett of BAC-Merrill Lynch was prescient in his "buy" trigger in December 2011. This was based on fund flows out of Emerging Markets. Mr. Hartnett received a Sell Signal for EM on February 2, 2012. This week, in his report titled Risk-On Fatigue, he notes that EM has underperformed Developed markets since his 02/02/2012 Sell signal. He also notes that Treasuries have seen 6 straight weeks of outflows.

As a personal note, we found clear signs of a slowdown in India during our recent trip. Unlike the urban slowdown in 2008, the rural economy in India has slowed down in 2012. India has no shortage of demand. So the Indian industrial economy is critically dependent on credit inflows and the Indian rural economy is critically dependent on fiscal stimulus. So the Indian market tends to be a high beta play on risk-on or risk-off conditions. That may be why $5 billion of inflows went to India in the first 7 weeks of 2012.

Frankly, EM depends on China and as Michael Shaoul of Marketfield Asset Management told Bloomberg's Betty Liu:
  • "M1 in China collapsed in January, the local creation of liquidity is at its smallest rate since the data began in mid-1990s ."


Oil Won't Stop until the Economy Breaks

And then you have the potential of an oil shock. Massive liquidity injections by central banks itself is enough to keep oil prices high. The prospect of an Iran war, the reality of a civil war in Syria is prompting investors to hide in Oil. The rise in Oil is a huge problem for the struggling US consumer and for most emerging markets.

How far could Oil go? According to John Burbank of Passport Capital, Oil won't stop until the US economy breaks. So he is invested in the one market that benefits from this rise, Saudi Arabia (see clip 4 below). And his prediction is not based on a war in the Middle East.

A conflict in the Middle East would probably be disastrous for Emerging Markets and Europe. While Iran is the cover story, we are getting increasingly concerned about the civil war in Syria escalating into a region wide Sunni-Shia conflict with Saudi Arabia leading the Sunni regimes and Iran leading the Shia regimes and communities. 



Featured Videoclips:

  1. Recession Call Stands - Lakshman Achuthan on CNBC Squawk Box on Friday, February 24
  2. 3% GDP growth in 2012 & Rates to rise in 2013 - James Bullard on CNBC Squawk Box on Friday, February 24
  3. Q1 2012 GDP at 1%, Serious Recession in Europe - David Rosenberg on Bloomberg's Surveillance Midday on Friday, February 24
  4. Saudi Arabia like India in 2003,2004 - John Burbank on Bloomberg's InBusiness with Margaret Brennan on Friday, February 24
  5. Don't Buy Government Bonds - Leon Cooperman with Bloomberg's Erik Schatzker on Wednesday, February 22
  6. Baby Boomers & Ford Motor Company - Bill Gross on Bloomberg's Street Smart on Thursday, February 24
  7. Went to Cash a couple of weeks ago - Tom DeMark with Bloomberg's Adam Johnson on Tuesday, February 21



1. Recession Call Stands - Lakshman Achuthan on CNBC Squawk Box
(10:02 minute clip)  - Friday, February 24

Lakshman Achuthan of ECRI made the recession call in his appearance on CNBC Squawk Box on Friday, September 30, 2011:
  • it's a done deal. We are going into a recession. There is a contagion among those forward looking indicators that we only see at the onset of a business cycle recession... And it is a new recession.
The economic data looked pretty bad at that time and the call seemed logical. Then the data began improving. So Bloomberg's Tom Keene questioned Lakshman Achuthan on Friday, December 8, 2011:
  • Keene - You had a recession call. What happened?
  • Achuthan - It is happening...... If there is no recession in Q4 or the first half of 2012, then we are wrong....The downturn we have now is very different than the downturn in 2010 which did not persist. This one is persisting......forward looking data has remained weak, it is getting weaker. It is not turning up.....
In contrast, the risk markets are sending very different signals. The global stock markets have rallied, commodities have rallied and optimism abounds. So what did Mr. Achuthan say to the anchors on CNBC Squawk Box on Friday?
  • Achuthan - ...Our call still stands. Since our recession call (September 2011), all of the definitive hard data that is used to officially date business cycle recessions, it has been getting worse not better despite what the consensus view of an improving economy has been. GDP growth, year over year peaks in Q3 of 2010 and falls down to 1.5% by Q2 of 2011 and has flat lined essentially since then, the last reading was 1.6. Similarly personal income growth -- I'm talking big, aggregate numbers, has the same kind of pattern. Broad sales growth. the broadest measures of sales, same kind of pattern. Industrial production growth, year over year, as of January it is at a 22-month low.
  • Achuthan - So you put all of this,...., you put it into a coincident index of the U.S. economy and if you look at the year over year growth of that index it's now at a 21-month low - it is the definitive measure of economic growth. In English the growth has been slowing......you haven't had a decline like that in the past 50 years without a recession following in short order, okay?
  • Achuthan - I wish this wasn't our forecast. we are the skunk of the garden party. it's no fun.... but to the point of the Fed,the world's central banks, plural, are printing money like crazy. That does make you feel better but go to where that interacts with the economy. You look at the Velocity of Money - how often does money exchange -- all that money that's going in, they're goosing the money supply, how often does it exchange in the economy? That's a really important metric on the health of the economy. It has dropped to a record low in the United States. it's near a record low in Europe. it's even near a record low in China.  These are not symptoms of health. And when you have all that money out there, it's got to do something. so it is goosing the markets.
  • Quick (CNBC) - does the coincidence index ...give an indication of what's coming in terms of the jobs outlook? Have we seen the best number and is the jobs picture going to get worse from here?
  • Achuthan - The index itself does not forecast forward. What we've seen there in that decline in the growth rate you haven't seen in the past 50 years is not a recession in short order so that doesn't bode well for jobs. Speaking to jobs, I admit, I am acknowledging they have improved through the latest readings. But jobs are basically a bit of a lagging indicator. They follow, they do not lead consumer spending growth.
  • Quick - would your call be that jobs are going to get worse?
  • Achuthan - yeah, and I'd say in the next few months I would expect them to start to flag because they follow, they lag at turning points where consumer spending growth has been going and we know that's clearly been going down and if you delve into that, look at personal disposable income, you look at personal disposable income that has been negative now growth for five months. You've never had that, not even close.
  • Achuthan - Now let's switch to our leading indicators - stock market. is one of them - but the stock market, just like it has forecast nine out of the past five recessions, it has forecast nine out of the past five recoveries. It could be QE-related, too. First off on the leading indicators I look at them across the board - they are not negating our recession forecast, the full array.
  • Achuthan - We're printing a lot of money and given all that money I'm surprised the index hasn't lifted more because the risk assets are being goosed and look back to early '08. The recession begins in December of '07 and what happens? You get a springtime rally - double digits in S&P. We've gone much further this time. We've printed more money. We were cutting interest rates a little bit and back there inside of a recession oil went to $147 because the economy wasn't able to absorb all that liquidity.
Later on Friday, Mr. Achuthan appeared on Bloomberg's Surveillance Midday and made similar comments.
 

2. 3% Growth in 2012 & Rates to rise in 2013 - James Bullard on CNBC Squawk Box - Friday, February 24

James Bullard is the President of the St. Louis Fed. He made some candid, un-Fed like comments in his appearance. His comments span 3 different videoclips.

In his first clip, President Bullard scoffed at the forecast of Lakshman Achuthan (see clip 1 above):
  • Kernen (CNBC) - Did you see the interview that we had with (Lakshman Achuthan)? Did you hear any of that? Have we overshot on our expectations for how solid this recovery is and do you feel the coincident indicators are indicating that it's much less vibrant than we think?
  • Bullard - I thought he was like the weather today, a little bit gloomy. So, no, I think the economy's looking brighter in 2012 here. I think we can get 3% growth. I think we can get unemployment down 7.8% by the end of the year.
  • Kernen - what the heck was he talking about? what was he looking at?
  • Bullard - He is looking at coincident indicators and they are great things to talk about and on the show. But I would say this, the indicators don't know about things like European Sovereign Debt crisis and probabilities of meltdown in Europe falling. Those kinds of things aren't factored in, so I think that that's really what's changed here early this year at the European situation has settled down some. It's not -- obviously it's still a problem but it's settled down some, and the ECB has done a good job of restoring calm.
We are confused. Don't indicators reflect the impact of events like the European Sovereign debt crisis? And if economic indicators, as Mr. Bullard says, are merely great things to talk about on TV, then how does Mr. Bullard measure the health of the economy? Does he simply rationalize any indicator by applying any reasoning that seems convenient to him?

We also don't understand whether his estimate of 3% growth depends on the success of ECB's efforts. Kernen and company didn't ask and so we don't know.

CNBC's Steve Liesman then asked an important question, a tough question about the impact of Fed's policies:
  • Liesman - The Wall Street Journal has an editorial this morning basically saying that higher oil prices are in large part the result of Fed policy, and you can't go out there and take responsibility for higher stock prices and not take responsibility for higher oil prices. Is it right?
  • Bullard - you know, I was on here last year when, you know, probably about this time when QE-2 was in full force, and I do think that some of it said true that commodity prices, and I think that's a serious issue for the committee to consider exactly how that's working. I think is a difficult thing to get our heads around. But I do think it's an important consideration. I think it would be very worrisome that you have the situation in Iran being a wild card for global oil prices. You wouldn't want to feed into that with new policy moves at the Fed.
Liesman asked a tough question and then allowed Mr. Bullard to evade it with a rambling response. Becky Quick asked a question about QE3:
  • Quick - Is it possible for the Fed to be able to say that the situation - the economic situation - is improving and that's good news, which means you may not see QE-3 if I'm interpreting that correctly? but it could be enough of a concern still that we would keep rates low through 2014 as we've indicated? is it possible to walk that fine line?
  • Bullard - Monetary policy always walking a fine line, so, yes, I think that's about right. and, you know, I wouldn't take QE-3 off the table ever. I've been one that says this is a potent weapon that we can use, but we should use it only if the economy deteriorates and especially if the inflation numbers come in below our inflation target and start to look -- start to drift down into, you know, more disinflation or deflation, and so we're not -- we're not in that circumstance right now. Headline inflation above target. Even core CPI is above target measured from a year ago.
We are underwhelmed by President Bullard and by the quality of his comments.  If you see the clip, you will notice an air of smugness (if there is such a word) about Mr. Bullard. We did not hear or see in President Bullard the intellect we see in Bill Gross, Jeff Gundlach, David Rosenberg or Lakshman Achuthan.

In the 3rd clip, Steve Liesman asked a direct question about interest rates and followed up:
  • Liesman - When you forecast the Fed will first hike interest rates?
  • Bullard - 2013.
  • Liesman - So, you're one of those people. So, how is it that there are so many people, you among them, I'm sure President Fisher was in there, we interviewed President Plosser, he's in there, too, 6 of the 17 members say there will be a hike in 2013, but the statement says 2014, how does that square?
  • Bullard - well, it's up to the Chairman to form a consensus. I guess what I'm impressed about that date, you can think about the date and you can think about the uncertainty around that date and it's pretty wide. It's pretty wide, and the dispersion on the committee shows that, and it just shows you that different people can have different views of how the economy's going to behave in the next several years. Very hard to forecast out to, you know, it's hard to forecast out six months, you know, much less two years or three years. so, that's where we are. and i do think the date's adjustable if the economy changes.
Later on, the group discussed the possibility of a single mandate for the Fed and how that might impact decision making at the Fed.

David Rosenberg does not share Mr. Bullard's confidence about Europe (see clip 3 below) and John Burbank of Passport Capital seems to disagree with just about everything Mr. Bullard said. And frankly, these two have a far better track record than Mr. Bullard.



3. Decoupling vs. Lag - Europe Recession & USA - Q1 GDP at 1% - David Rosenberg on Bloomberg Surveillance Midday (17:08 minute clip)  - Friday, February 24

We haven't seen much of David Rosenberg on Financial TV in recent months. So we were eager to hear what he had to say about the ebullience in the risk markets. A summary of his comments are below:
  • If gas prices go over $4 and stay there, the odds of a recession go up materially....
  • I am thinking of Bob Farrell's Rule 9 - "when all the expert forecasts agree, something else is going to happen". That is exactly what happened last year when we had tremendous ebullience over the economic outlook, risk assets. It worked basically into April...last year was the story of investor anxiety and capital markets volatility. I am thinking, right now, very similarly, you have a very high level of bullishness, and I would say, a very high degree of investor complacency right now.
  • Right now, the markets are breathing in the fumes of central bank liquidity...right now, you have positive seasonals, positive technicals..the fundamentals to me are questionable...human nature is that you take the most recent trend and extrapolate it into the future...this is the mistake a lot of economists, strategists make...the point I am stressing here in 2007, the stock market peaked in October, the problems started pestering a year earlier...
  • At Gluskin Sheff, we are not pushing people into Government Bonds, we are pushing them into corporate bonds....corporate bonds is a totally appropriate place to be in the Fixed Income markets...
  • last year, the earnings held in but the multiple contracted...it is not going to be a story about multiple contraction anymore, it is going to be a story of earnings disappointments ...
  • (about Gas prices) - rule of thumb is that a rise of 1 penny in gas prices drains $1.5 billion from household cashflows..if we break over above $4, you are talking about another $50-$100 billion drainage from income...
  • I think the first quarter is going to be close to 1% in annual rate...the consumer is sputtering  into the first quarter, Housing is 2.5% of GDP, , consumer is 70% of GDP.....
  • You have three different shocks coming down the pike. We have not seen the full impact of the European recession. I think it is going to be a very serious recession in Europe. People are talking about Decoupling again, the US went into a recession in 08 and it took about a couple of quarters for Europe to feel it and the rest of the world. Everybody confused Decoupling with Lag.  We are going to have a Net Export shock in addition to the Oil shock..and how people respond to the end of the Bush tax cuts is going to be real important.

Veteran hedge fund manager John Burbank seems to concur with David Rosenberg in the next clip.



4. Saudi Arabia like India in 2003, 2004 - John Burbank on Bloomberg's InBusiness with Margaret Brennan
- Friday, February 24

John Burbank is the founder and CEO of Passport Capital, a $4 billion long-short hedge fund. This is a really interesting clip. We encourage all to watch this clip. The summary below is courtesy of Bloomberg TV.

On the price of oil and his Saudi investments:

  • "[Oil] is up 16%, more than any of the indices. It's a big problem for the rest of the world - central bank easing and liquidity providing presents a lot of problems for the average consumer here but also for emerging markets around the world.”
  • “The one market it really helps is the Saudi market. We have 15% of our capital in the Saudi market - only about 1% is held by foreigners. It should be opening up this year. So we think unfortunately QE3, which is now being pursued in Europe and Japan, essentially in the U.S. with other programs, has negative feedback loops. And oil we think is the one. Gold goes up 10%, 20%, 50%, it doesn't cause any problems with people the way banking is done these days, but oil does… I don't think oil is going to stop until the economy breaks which is a real risk."
  • "The average consumer isn’t doing well. Their income has been flat for almost ten years, but their costs keep rising. They had a benefit with natural gas being cheaper this year, but the oil price is now breaking out and it's breaking out because of all the liquidity in the world. The oil price is making new highs in euros and pounds and it may soon in dollars. That's a big problem."

On investing in Saudi:  

  • "Right now, we have to use swaps. We've been in the market for about three years. Foreigners couldn't actually own Saudi stocks until August 2008. So we've spent quite a lot of time doing our research and understanding the market.”

  • "[Saudi Arabia] is very sincere in opening up the market to foreigners. It reminds me of India in the 2003, 2004 time period before you could buy Indian stocks directly.  Saudi, which is 70% of the G.C.C, and by far the most important, the most liquid market, is something that foreigners are going to want to own.”

  • "Right now, you can't buy an ETF, you can't buy Saudi stock. It's obviously very difficult to buy a security directly. We have done that. We know that foreigners now are looking at the market. The market is about 11 times earnings with almost a 5% dividend yield in 2012, and that's on an unlevered basis. The Saudis have about $600 billion of reserves and corporates have very little debt. To me, there's a lot of systemic risk in the Western world…[but] in the Saudi market, they've been very restrictive. Banks have not wanted to make it easy to borrow money and buy stocks after the bubble that happened in 2005, 2006."

On tensions in the Middle East:

  • "If tensions with Iran means oil goes up, then that's good for the Saudi economy but not good for the rest of the world. Fundamentally, if there's a problem with Iran, it's a problem for the whole world…The biggest risk for Saudi is really a risk that the whole world bears, but actually Saudi benefits. Oil goes to $150, $200, it means the economy is going to grow even faster because the government has more money it can deploy in the economy."

  • "Saudi is not like an overbuilt economy. It's just opening up now. Building is going on. The Saudis are so conservative that they don't lend against land. "

On the European Central Bank issuing more money: 

  • "A lot of the risk has been taken out of the market, on a near-term basis. We're actually quite bearish. The only reason all this liquidity is coming into the market is because things are really bad. It's not because things are good.”

  • "I don't believe in a global rally right now. It's a bounce back from oversold conditions last year. But I think the confidence in central banking is far overdone. It's hard to fight the Fed when prices are going in the other direction."

  • "It's hard to know where things are going to go. The point is, just because they're putting liquidity in the market doesn't mean the economy is improving."

 

On Passport's strategy:

  • "We’re stock pickers. In fact, this is a great year to be long and short individual securities.  In 2008, everything went down. In 2009, everything went up. In 2010, everything moved together and eventually ended up. Last year, things started separating. Our strategy is to be picking individual securities, companies that are not depending on economic growth.”

    Biotech and healthcare is one of those sectors. There hasn't been an obesity drug approved in over 30 years and we thought Qnexa would have a good chance of being approved…We were one of I think four big holders in the stock. We think it can double again because we think a large pharma would probably like to own the company at some point."



5. Don't Buy US Government Bonds - Leon Cooperman with Bloomberg's Erik Schatzker
(03:07 minute clip) - Wednesday, February 22

Leon Cooperman is the Chief Executive of Omega Advisors, a hedge fund.  Mr. Cooperman was the Chief Strategist at Goldman Sachs before that. He has been a very successful manager.

But his success has also been his failure, in our opinion.  Mr. Cooperman has been primarily a stock investor and does well when the stock market does well. In contrast, Mr. Cooperman has been reportedly  unable to protect his investors from Macro risks, whether in 1998 or in 2008. He admits himself that he was way too early (meaning wrong) in 2011. 

With this caveat, we include below the excellent summary of his views provided by Bloomberg TV.

On investing in Treasuries:

  • "I have great confidence the Fed is ultimately going to get their way. The Fed is trying to elevate asset prices, help consumption, help the economy and in two-three years time, we will be worrying about inflation and interest rates will be materially higher."
  • "An instrument that I have absolutely no interest in - the most widely traded instrument in the world - is US government bonds. I don’t think people understand how risky a US government bond is at 2% return."
  • "I understand the arguments of those that are liking it but a 2% government bond… if we're  talking about marginal tax rates, all in state and local, federal 40%, you're keeping 60% of your 2%, you are keeping 1.2% . The rate of inflation is somewhere in the range of 2-3% so your capital is being confiscated, it makes no sense."
  • "If you look at the history of the 10-year government bond - normally, and we're not in normal times now, we're in a world of financial repression because of weak economic conditions - in normal times, a 10-year US bond yields in line with nominal GDP - nominal GDP is the summation of inflation plus real growth."
  • "So if inflation is ranging 2-3%, let's say and real growth is 2-3%,that would mean nominal GDP would be growing normally between 4-6%. So if I told you 10 year government bond was going to 4-5%, you wouldn't think that was a bold or unusual forecast. Well, that is an enormous capital loss for the person that holds that 2% government bond.”
  • “Amongst the panoply of financial assets, I think US government bonds are the least attractive and I think equities, and I've been premature in all honesty, the market didn't do as well as I thought it would do last year, it's slightly ahead of schedule this year- but when I look at the alternative of financial assets - Cash earns zero, and Bernanke has promised us it is going to be zero for a couple of years; you've got keep some of that for security and safety purposes; you have U.S. government bonds at 2% - 0 interest and I don’t own ONE In my portfolio.”
  • "The third alternative is high yield, that's had an enormous rally that's down to a little over 7%; so selectively you could find individual issues that make sense, but collectively high yield has kind of got itself fully priced."
  • "Then you're left with the S&P, which is 13 ½ earnings; yields a bit over 2%, 10% below the historical multiple at a time when interest rates are below historical and you can find lots of cheap stocks out there that will yield more than bonds today that are good companies that will grow over time."
  • "So I think by default stocks went out, and they are the best house in the financial asset neighborhood. Not to say we're not without problems - Iran, the price of oil, the uncertainty over political outcome come November…"


On what equities he likes:

  • "I think gold will work, I think the S&P will work, they've already worked somewhat this year. The S&P is up somewhere around 8%."
  • "We find a lot of cheap stocks around, technology. I hate to buy things that are up a lot, so forgive me if I mention things that we own, but we own them and we would not own them if we didn’t like them."
  • "I would like to put new money to things that haven't moved.  We like, in technology, Apple and Qualcomm."


On Apple's share price and Apple vs. RIM:

  • "We think [Apple] is worth something north of $600."
  • "It's funny, it was really like a mass hysteria. We put about a half of one percent  of our assets into RIMM late last year on a theory that they had a revenue base that was being mispriced by the market. Which was 20% of what we had in Apple, we've owned Apple now for a long time, and we continue to own a big position, so we had five times more Apple investment than RIMM.”
  • "We kept on getting calls from the press about RIM. We sold RIM because we have a discipline of taking stop losses, still think it might be intriguing. They have 75 million subscribers, that are paying them on average almost five dollars a month for the email service. We're out of it.
  • "I wouldn't say Apple is the leading candidate for new money, I wouldn't put new money into Apple, but we're riding the trend. And we think they have a unique position and a couple more years of very good runway ahead of them. "
  • "Qualcomm has the dominant chip in smart phones."
  • "In the financial area, we own JPM, a little bit of Citicorp, Bank of America, and a very unique company called Altisource Portfolio Solutions which helps manage the foreclosure process for banks.”
On June 30, 2011 (clip 1) , Leon Cooperman appeared on CNBC Strategy Session with Jeffrey Gundlach. He was bullish on US stocks at that time as well and made the same case (as above) about liking stocks while shunning Treasuries. His target for S&P 500 was 1425. In that interview, Leon Cooperman faced Jeffrey Gundlach who argued that Treasuries were attractive. The next 6 months conclusively proved that Gundlach was right and Cooperman was wrong.

Like equity fee collectors (otherwise known as long only stock managers), Mr. Cooperman talks about cheap stocks with dividend yields that exceed yields on Treasuries. This is a popular argument that was dismissed as "superficially compelling" by Jeffrey Gundlach on October 4, 2011 in his admonition - Don't Ever Equate Dividend Stocks & Bonds.

Below Bill Gross makes the same point.


6. Baby Boomers & Ford Motor Company - Bill Gross on Bloomberg TV's Street Smart (09:36 minute clip) - Thursday, February 23

If you listen to this clip, you will actually hear Bill Gross say "Mr. Cooperman has a decent argument (see clip 5 above)". Mr. Gross has been vocal in stating that the actions of the Fed are tantamount to financial repression and amount to confiscation of capital. He himself gives the example of Johnson & Johnson as a stock that provides  a 3.5% dividend yield with growth potential. And he says candidly "Yes, Treasury yields are artificially suppressed".

So you would think Mr. Gross is shorting Treasuries or at least shunning them as Leon Cooperman advises. Instead, he keeps buying them. His explanation is of extreme importance to Individual Investors:
  1. Comparing Treasury yields to corporate stock dividends spans a huge gap of risk - AAA for Treasuries and an implied BAA and lower for subordinated stocks as investment instruments.
  2. Stocks can go down too just like bonds. We certainly saw that in 2008.
  3. Demographically, boomers prefer certainty as opposed to speculative capital gains, so there's an element to that.
Then Bill Gross points out the surprising announcement by Ford Motor Company (stunning in our opinion and characteristically ignored by both Bloomberg TV and CNBC):
  • Why Ford is shifting billions of dollars a year from their equity portfolio into bonds? - They are doing that because of the certainty, locking in their liabilities relative to their assets. Even at a low 2-3% rate. Boomers, from the standpoint of individual investors, are the same way. They are beginning to get older and require more certainty.
For his views on mortgages and the Federal Reserve, read the excellent summary below from Bloomberg TV:

Gross on whether investors should be looking at mortgages:

  • "Sure. An agency mortgage, even a non-agency mortgage, but let's stick to agencies and Fannie and Freddie, they yield 1% to 1.5% to 2% more than those similar average life Treasuries. If you have an environment where interest rates will not change, and that is the key. Is Bernanke good to his promise? If they do not change, you would prefer to have a 1.5% higher yield, a 3% to 3.5% yield as opposed to a 2%. I think mortgages makes sense. The extension of risk adding to high-yield is another situation that is similar to the equity argument that I just made. Yes, you get a higher yield, but you are principle at risk. As you get older and more fixed- income oriented then perhaps you want to stick to something safer."

On why PIMCO is announcing a new ETF next week that will mimic the Total Return Fund:

  • "That is a complicated answer, but technically the fees are the expenses on an annual basis are less on the Total Return Fund that now exists versus the ETF. There will be a slight difference, but of course you don't pay the all-in retail fees and you could make the argument that it's a lot cheaper as an alternative.  The ETF is limited to the extent it can't use futures and optional types of securities that have been successful with the Total Return Fund. Basically they will be the same. We are excited to provide the same types of returns for that ETF as we do for the Total Return Fund and allow individual investors to buy it on the New York Stock Exchange. We do not suggest they trade it, but we think they can buy it at 10:30 in the morning, as opposed to the market closing and have a great longer-term performance record."

Gross on whether the economy and investing environment has improved:

  • "I think they are. We should analyze why. I think that is always difficult, but I think in this case with central banks writing checks in the hundreds of billions, and yes we're doing that with our Operation Twist, and the ECB is doing that with LTROs, and Japan has stepped it up, and China has been writing checks in terms of increasing their monetary base. There has been a huge flush of money into global markets and ultimately into global economies. You would expect that to happen. That does not mean that is the solution, or the forever solution, but certainly temporarily it has helped to support the economy, and therefore financial markets."

On whether he's changed his position in U.S. Treasuries:

  • "I do not think so. It is important to recognize, as we a tried to recognize at PIMCO for the past several quarters and past several years, that there are negative repercussions to writing checks and printing money.  It is not just inflationary.  To the extent that zero-based money that we have here in the United States, that we're seeing in the U.K. and close to that in euro land, it begins to reap some unexpected havoc in terms of the real economy as well. Financial institutions like banks and insurance companies start to close branch offices and lay off people simply because the cost of money does not support the prior economic activity that historically has been the example."

On whether Bernanke's promise to keep low interest rates through 2014 is distorting the bond market:

  • "I think it does.  There is no doubt.  It's something to be reckoned with.  You don’t want to fight the Fed, as they say.  To the extent that yes, they have conditionally promised to keep interest rates low, in Bernanke's vernacular that basically means 25 basis points for the next three years or so, then that produces an artificially to interest rates. There is no doubt that real interest rates now certainly from the standpoint of the policy rate and even from the standpoint of five-year tip, for instance, an inflation protected security at a -1.25% relative to historical parameters, that is 1-2%, maybe even 3% lower than they should be. Yes, Treasury yields are artificially suppressed."

On whether he still wants to be in Treasuries:

  • "You do from the standpoint of recognizing the Fed is good to its promise, and that is something to consider, but if Fed is good to the promise, then interest rates are not going anywhere for the next two-three years, and there is a 3% yield from a longer-term Treasury and 2% yield from intermediate-term Treasuries. Does that represent value? Not really. Certainly the saver and the investors being short-circuited, haircutted, based upon historical terms. If in fact the price of the securities cannot go down very much if the Fed holds to its promise, that is if it keeps interest rates low, then 2% is better than nothing.  Put it that way"

On Leon Cooperman telling Bloomberg TV yesterday that the return on bonds is not worth owning them:

  • "I do not argue against that, and Mr. Cooperman has a decent argument. I just argued that in terms of confiscation of capital.  There are several reasons to be cautious, however. One, comparing Treasury yields to corporate stock dividends spans a huge gap of risk. AAA for Treasuries and an implied B AA and lower for subordinated stocks as an investment instruments. Secondly, stocks can go down, too, just like bonds. We certainly saw that in 2008.  Third, demographically, boomers prefer certainty as opposed to speculative capital gains, so there's an element to that."

On why Ford is shifting billions of dollars a year from their equity portfolio into bonds:

  • "They're doing that because of the certainty, locking in their liabilities relative to their assets. Even at a low, 2-3% rate.  Boomers, from the standpoint of individual investors, are the same way. They're beginning to get older and require more certainty. Do they find appeal in a Johnson and Johnson at 3.5% dividend yield with growth potential? Sure they do, but they also believe they want that money back, and if there is a 2008-2009 scenario, perhaps they won't.  So there are demographic tradeoffs here that have to be considered." .

 

7. Went to cash a couple of weeks ago - Tom DeMark with Bloomberg TV's Adam Johnson (02:49 minute clip) - Tuesday, February 21

Tom DeMark is a well known technician who has advised major hedge funds or so Adam Johnson of Bloomberg TV tells us. We have covered previous clips of DeMark-Johnson conversations in these articles. We are still waiting for Mr. DeMark to be right in his recent timing calls.

The most interesting point of this clip was made by Adam Johnson at minute 02:40 when he said:
  • Tom, you went to cash a couple of weeks ago...
We are confused. Shouldn't this have been the focus of the conversation? Going to cash speaks more to us than general drivel about indicators and combos. What made Mr. DeMark go to cash a couple of weeks ago? What would make him get back in? Did either he or Adam Johnson disclose to BTV viewers that he had gone to cash? Adam Johnson did not ask and Tom DeMark did not say. And this is called financial journalism! Rather sad, isn't it!

We include this clip because Mr. DeMark is now making a qualitatively different prediction than he did in his last 2-3 interviews. Rather than predicting a market top, he is now calling for an imminent rotational correction. He expects the S&P 500 to go down by 5.56% but he expects industry groups to go down much further as money rotates from sector to sector.

Then, Mr. DeMark goes into his usual "could happen in two days" type mode:
  • We are looking for two more up closes. Today could be an up close, we haven't closed yet. So if we follow up with an up close tomorrow, we think the market is about ready to decline.
Well, "today" was an up close but the "tomorrow" was a down close. How does that affect the DeMark prediction? Adam Johnson did not ask and Tom DeMark did not say.  Mr. DeMark is looking for 1372 and then a decline.

Duty demands we point out that,  a month ago, on January 20, 2012, he said "S&P 500 could reach 1342 by next week before falling". 





Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com or @macroviewpoints on Twitter

.

America & India - Political Look Back at 2011 and Ahead to 2012-2020



This past year has been politically eventful for both America and India. Next year promises to be even more so.  While the events might look different, the same macro forces are driving the events in our opinion.


America

As we enter 2012, all eyes are focused on the Iowa Caucus on January 3. This is the first round of the uniquely American game of choosing a nominee to challenge the incumbent for the Presidency of the United States.

Look back to this time last year. The Republican party had won a huge victory in the November 2010 elections and seized political control of the House of Representatives. Their momentum was acknowledged by President Obama who moved to strike a compromise with the Republicans to extend the Bush tax cuts. This mood did not last long.

It was followed by a bruising battle in the summer of 2011 for the extension of the US Debt Ceiling. That process proved so dysfunctional that no one wanted a repeat in the final political battle of 2011, a battle to extend the payroll tax cut for about 160 million Americans.

Unlike a year ago, this time the House Republicans caved in. They had been boxed in by a more confident President who fought and won a tactical battle. The Republican nomination process has been a debacle of sorts, with fatally flawed candidates rising to the top of Republican polls and falling seemingly into political oblivion. With each turn, President Obama looked stronger and more capable. 

But all this, we think, is more about optics than reality. The election of 2012 is likely to revolve around the condition of the US economy barring a military conflict between Iran and America. But even the economy and discussion about how to improve it might be more optical and superficial than real. Why?

Because, there is a tectonic shift underway in American society. America used to be a society dominated by taxpayers. Since 1773, taxation and political representation have gone hand in hand in America. American society has been built on the premise of the American Government being responsible and responsive to American citizens about how America's tax collections are spent. This is the core reason behind the almost uniquely American distrust of big Government.

This America is becoming passe. Today, about 48% of Americans do not pay any income taxes. So about 48% of Americans now take from the American government without contributing to it. Barack Obama is the first American President whose election symbolizes the united efforts of this half of American society. He knows it and that is why his economical policies, right from his inauguration, have been essentially distributive and oriented towards providing government resources to the less advantaged.

The American taxpayers instinctively understood that President Obama was engaged in transferring wealth from taxpayers to non-taxpayers. This realization led to the political explosion we call the Tea Party.  The 1773 Tea Party revolt was against Taxation without Political Representation. The 2010 Tea Party revolt was essentially against Political Representation without Taxation.

The taxpayers won the first battle in November 2010. The next important battle is the Presidential election in November 2012. That may be the last Presidential battle won by taxpayers in this long war. Because, the demographic tide is inexorably moving towards a majority of non-taxpayers in 2020 or perhaps by 2016.

In this setup, we see the Democratic party slowly morphing into a party of the non-taxpayers plus a slice of the very wealthy and the Republican party becoming the voice of the taxpayers who are unwilling to have their earnings taken away from them. The demographic tide, as we said, favors the Democratic party.  
So we expect the Republicans, if they win the White House and keep effective control of the Congress, to take steps to build a policy framework for Less Representation for Non-Taxation. These steps might include changing electoral districts, making voting registrations difficult for non-taxpayers and even imposing minimum income tax levels (perhaps like the one already proposed by Congresswoman Michelle Bachman) on all Americans. We might see easier and increased immigration policies for wealthy and highly educated immigrants.

We see this battle shaping up as the central conflict or a civil war within American society during this decade. So any one who pines for a united, 'can't- we-all-get-along' American society may be hoping against hope. 

We feel so because we know of a similar battle on the other side of the world, a battle diametrically opposite to the one that will be fought in America. That battle is taking place in India.


India

As 2011 ends, we see Indian society in the grip of its own revolt, a revolt against widespread corruption in the government at all levels. But like in America, this reason is basically optics. The real reason for this revolt is the tectonic shift underway in Indian society, a 180 degree opposite shift to the one occurring in America. 

Since its independence in 1947, Indian society has been a society dominated by non-taxpayers. Even today, about 75% of Indians do not pay any income tax at all. As a result, Indian Politics and Indian Government has been dominated by policies that distribute free services and goods, that seek to distribute income and wealth from people who earn to people who need.

The natural result has been corruption, endemic corruption:
  • corruption in the business class that tries to hide much of its income from tax collectors,
  • corruption in the administrative machinery that distributes government goodies to the poor, and
  • above all in the political class that seeks to build great personal wealth while in office after spending a lot to provide free goodies to gain political office.
The patient, quiet sufferers in this machine were and are the helpless middle class - the people who are unable to hide their income, the people who need services from the government - the middle class, especially the salaried middle class. But this hapless middle class has slowly but surely grown in size and confidence.

Today, this group is anywhere between 150-300 million strong, not strong enough to dominate Indian politics electorally but strong enough to create a revolt that can bring the Indian Government to its proverbial knees.  In 2011, this middle class got a leader that it can rally around - a symbol more than an actual leader, a Gandhian figure who lives a simple life and is above personal corruption.

The Congress Party, the party in power, is the leader of traditional Indian politics - giveaway policies and maintenance of vote banks by rural politicians who today are screaming bloody murder of parliamentary democracy by what they term as non-elected civil society.  The opposition parties, especially ones with a more urban political base, are supporting this revolt because it is their best chance to topple the Congress Party from power.

The political players in this war as not as clear cut as the two parties in the battle for political power in America. But the societal shift is the same and the demographic forces are arrayed similarly. The big difference is the direction and relative ascendancy. 

There is an inexorable tide in Indian society towards higher income both in the urban and rural segments. Rise in incomes makes people more independent, more demanding of better conditions and prospects for a better future for their children. This is what they called the American Dream for the past century. People who strive for such a dream are willing to contribute to Government as long as their contributions are managed carefully and for the greater good by their chosen Government.

This inexorable tide is also reducing the societal chasm between various social segments or the Portuguese term "castes" imported by the British into India. Read what Lydia Polgreen of the New York Times wrote this week:
  •  A recent analysis of government survey data by economists at the University of British Columbia found that the wage gap between other castes and Dalits has decreased to 21 percent, down from 36 percent in 1983, less than the gap between white male and black male workers in the United States. The education gap has been halved.
The battle we see in the streets of urban India, the battle seemingly against corruption, is really a battle of the rising middle class for greater control of their own tax payments, of greater say in the policies of the  Government elected by the poor rurals. Slowly rising rural incomes will bring in more rural participation in this revolt. So we expect this revolt to broaden out during this decade. 

This long battle is the same battle as the one that will rage in America, but one that will look diametrically opposite.


America & India - How will they look in 2020?


India has always had a large, seemingly permanent underclass that dragged down the entire country. India has always seemed a hopeless cause, a society that would one day become great but never does. The precipitous fall in the Indian Rupee has united all the Indo-pessimists and perhaps rightly so. No country in the world seems so utterly dumb and incompetent as India does from time to time.

But we see clear evidence that, underneath the stupidity, the chaotic surface, the utter failure of all Indian Institutions, there is a major shift towards a stronger, richer, smarter and more confident society. And luck favors the diligent. The current collapse of the Indian Rupee may actually be just the medicine India needs to make Indian labor, Indian products, India's services more competitive. The collapse of the Indian Rupee might be the medicine that forces Indian importers, including the Government, to become more efficient.

Sometimes, we think Chairman Bernanke & Secretary Tim Geithner might be looking at the fall in the Rupee and asking "why can't the US Dollar fall by 10%"? Not so precipitously of course, but slowly and inexorably. Because a weaker US Dollar is a consummation they devoutly wish for. Because that is the medicine to make America's underclass competitive in low level manufacturing.

Over the past 20 years, America has built up its own large and seemingly permanent underclass. This was ignored and glossed over in the technology bubble of the 1990s and during the credit bubble in the last decade. Now it cannot be ignored because it is on the verge of gaining long term political power.

In other words, America will begin to deal with the problem India has dealt with for the past 60 years. This may be a tougher problem for America. It never expected to have this problem. And this is a problem that has come about partly due to the best intentions of the American people.

But America will, after much loud and sometimes vitriolic debate, get around to finding solutions to its financial and societal problems. We feel confident that all segments of American society will take steps to get control of America's debt, to cut down on wanton government spending. As American society again becomes financially lean by the middle of this decade, America, we believe, will once again welcome highly educated immigrants, the type that will tempt companies to move jobs to America. 

So we see both America and India taking different looking steps to become stronger politically and economically in this decade. They can learn a great deal from each other. We think they already are and they will continue to do so. 

Therefore, we are willing to bet, here and now, that despite their vividly obvious differences today, America and India will look a lot similar in 2020.



Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter
.

America & India - Economy & Finance - Look Back at 2011 & Ahead to 2012



2011
began well for both America and India. The American stock market had closed 2010 with a 20%  rally from the lows of August 2010. The American economy was expected to deliver reasonably good growth of about 3% in 2011. India was, of course, was riding the wave. The Indian Government forecast a growth of 9% in 2011 with a reasonable chance of double digit growth. The Indian stock market was enjoying a boom. Capital around the world was flowing into India and Indian companies were seen looking at or buying corporate assets in Europe & America. Prosperity was all around and Indian society was ebullient.

How did the year end? America still seems fine. The third quarter GDP came in around 2% and the fourth quarter look OK. The stock market closed unchanged for the year despite the massive crisis emanating from Europe. American corporations are in as good a shape as they have ever been. America's Banking Sector, hard hit in 2008, is now the strongest in the world.

In contrast, India seems to have fallen off a cliff. The Indian stock market is down about 26% this year, one of the worst performances of any country in the world. India saw persistent high inflation all year. This forced the Reserve Bank of India to raise interest rates several times. The Indian economy has already slowed demonstrably.

India's seemingly sudden fall from grace is evidenced by the precipitous drop in the Indian Rupee against the U.S. Dollar. The Rupee which traded around 43-44 fell in less than two months to 52-53, a 20% drop. This makes the Indian people about 20% poorer than they were just two months ago. This severely damages India's fiscal condition because India virtually imports all the oil it needs and oil is priced in US Dollars. It also creates severe problems for the Indian Corporations who purchased western assets or borrowed cheaply in US Dollars. In turn, that causes real stress for India's Banks, the principal lender to these foolhardy Indian corporations.

As 2011 ends, the financial conditions and economic outlook for America & India seem vastly different. America seems to have come out of its 2008 financial crisis and regained its primacy in the world. In contrast, India seems to have entered its own financial crisis, one potentially worse than America's 2008 crisis.

What happened? Why did it happen? What does this say about the two societies? What lied ahead? In this article, we lay out our views.


So Similar, Yet So Different?


Most people think America and India are very different economies. Financial lingo places America in the DM or Developed Markets category and India in the EM or Emerging Markets category.

But the Indian economy is more akin to the American economy than to the other emerging market economies. The emerging market economies in Asia and in Latin America are primarily export machines that have built fiscal surpluses and large foreign exchange reserves.

In contrast, both American and Indian economy are driven by domestic consumer spending rather than exports. Both economies benefit from free movement of labor within the respective countries from less prosperous states to more prosperous states. Both economies run fiscal and current account deficits. Both therefore are dependent on import of foreign capital to sustain their growth. Both countries have competent Central Banks that operate semi-independently under twin mandates of price stability and economic growth.

If this is the case, why do financial markets treat America and India so differently? Or to put it simply:
  • Why does money run out of India in every crisis and why does money run into America in every crisis?
Look back at America in 2008. At that time, it was a purely American crisis. The entire world recognized it as such. Lehman Brothers, a top tier US Investment Bank, filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy. The world's largest insurance company, AIG, had to be bailed out with injection of over $80 billion in capital. The American banking system was in a deep and sorry mess.

Yet, even at the nadir of this American financial crisis, capital from all over the World ran, nay flooded into America. The U.S. Dollar rose in value against the Euro and the Emerging Market Currencies. And yes, the Indian Rupee fell to about 52 against the Dollar in 2008 even though India had no financial or banking problems.

In contrast, today's Indian financial crisis is seemingly smaller and more contained than the American crisis of 2008. Yet, the Indian Rupee has fallen precipitously, fallen harder and lower than just about any other currency in the world, fallen below the 2008 low of about 52. Chartists now forecast a further fall to the 57-58 level against the U.S. Dollar.

So if the two economies are so similar, why do financial markets treat them so differently?


Difference Between Economics & Finance

This is not just nomenclature. These two disciplines are related but very different. Economics is a science while Finance is a technology. Every country in the world understands economics. It is taught in every university in the world. India has excellent economists. The Prime Minister of India, Dr. Manmohan Singh, is a noted economist. And so is Montek Singh Ahluwalia, the foremost economic bureaucrat in India. These two were the brain trust behind the Indian economic reforms launched in 1990.

Yet, these two noted economists and all their colleagues in India proved inadequate in preventing the recent collapse of the Indian Rupee. It seems that they didn't even see the approach of this recent crisis. That may be because they completely misunderstood the true nature of America's 2008 financial crisis.

Think back to the proud proclamation of Sonia Gandhi in 2008 & 2009:
  • It was my Mother-in-law Indira Gandhi who nationalized India's Banks. That is what protected India from the global economic crisis”.
This was not just her boast. Every single economist in India and the entire Indian 'elite' believed that the American financial crisis of 2008 had demonstrated that the Indian economy was based on sounder economic footing and free of excesses evident in America's freewheeling financial system.

So the Indian 'elite' concurred with Sonia Gandhi and the Indian Government poured economic stimulus into the Indian economy. This runaway spending together with large capital inflows triggered partly by  US Quantitative Easing (engineered by the US Federal Reserve in the Autumn of 2010) created a credit bubble in India in 2011.

This bubble has now burst and we all see the result - massive flight of capital out of India, widening of fiscal and current account deficits, a weak, leveraged corporate sector and India's nationalized banking sector clogged with poor quality loans.

The American crisis of 2008 was only a banking & financial crisis. The state of the US Government and its Debt market was very sound. That is why the world's capital rushed into America, to the safety of the US Government Debt. This is why the U.S. Dollar strengthened despite the crisis in America's banking sector.

In contrast, the Indian crisis of 2011 is much worse. It is a Government-Banking-Corporate crisis all rolled into one. Would you keep your risk capital in India during such a crisis? Of course not. This is why global capital rushed out of India in a financial stampede in November 2011.

The reality is that India's financial 'elite' has never understood the difference between the science of Economics and the technology of Finance. An example might illustrate our meaning:
  • Think back to a comment by an Indian General just before the 1991 Gulf War.  The Iraqi Army of Saddam Hussein was trained by officers of the Indian Army. This General was quoted as saying that the Iraqis would give "a good account of themselves" in the war.  We all know what happened. The Iraqi Army, the fourth largest in the world, was destroyed in a week. The "Shock & Awe" of American military technology converted the huge Iraqi Army into a helpless flock of sitting ducks.
The Indian economy was geared by and towards the science of Economics. The Indian Government, the Indian Banking Sector, the Indian corporate sector had never bothered to build up the financial infrastructure necessary to protect the Indian economy from a financial stampede. The result is what happened in November 2011, what usually happens to a system, a country that does not understand or use modern technology.


Finance as a Central Technology - Difference between America & India


Look at the Indian Government, the Indian Finance Ministry, Indian Financial Markets, Indian Academic Institutions. They are all staffed by Economists, Bureaucrats or Politicians. And none of these have any first hand knowledge, any real experience with financial markets.

In contrast, look at the American Government and its Treasury Department. These are staffed by veteran financial market players who have first hand experience in dealing with financial market panics and liquidations. America was very lucky to have Hank Paulson, ex-CEO of Goldman Sachs, as the Treasury Secretary in 2008. It was he who contained the fallout and rammed the massive TARP program through a Congress that had no clue about the scale or ramifications of the crisis. Today, America has Tim Geithner who managed the 1998 financial crisis and worked with Hank Paulson in October 2008 from his vantage position at the New York Fed.

There is a deep reservoir of financial technology expertise in America's Wall Street and America's Academic Institutions. Talent from this reservoir moves to and fro between America's Government Institutions and Wall Street.

So America and India may have similar economies but their financial markets, their financial technologies are vastly different. This is true of military technologies as well. India's military generals were stunned by the collapse of the Indian-trained Iraqi military in 1990. It was an important lesson and the Indian military used it to begin a slow but steady modernization drive that continues to this day.

We know that India's financial generals are stunned by the sudden collapse of the Indian Rupee. We hope they learn the real lesson of this collapse. We hope they begin a slow and steady drive to modernize India's credit and commodity markets with modern financial 'technology'.

The United States of America is the world's foremost leader in the Technology of Finance. This is why America's Financial Markets are the deepest, most transparent, most liquid and most innovative in the world. This is why the world's capital runs into America in every financial crisis.

Until India embraces and implements this technology, India's financial markets will remain puny, illiquid and essentially powerless to protect India's economy from any financial crisis.  Until this changes, the world's capital will continue to run out of India in every financial crisis.


A Silver Lining and Pure Luck?

Given the discussion above, our next statement might surprise readers. We suspect America's financial leaders, Tim Geithner, Ben Bernanke and perhaps even President Obama, might be looking at India with a touch of envy. We believe they would just love it if the U.S. Dollar fell by about 10% from current levels. Instead, they watch with a degree of trepidation as the U.S. Dollar rises against other currencies. 

They realize that India, all of a sudden, is far more competitive as a nation. The services of Indian information technology staff, the core of India's technology exports, are now 20% cheaper than they were just two months ago. The Indian Rupee has not just fallen against the U.S. Dollar, it has also fallen against other emerging market currencies. As a result, India's manufacturing products are now 10%-20% cheaper than Chinese, Malaysian, Indonesian and Vietnamese products than they were two months ago.

Since India is primarily a domestic consumption economy, the average Indian is relatively unaffected by the fall of the Rupee against foreign currencies. And if the price of Oil falls because of a global slowdown, then India's inflation might go down and its balance of payments might improve despite the fall in the Rupee.

Indian economy has one advantage that most developed or EM economies don't - huge, secular, unmet consumer demand for just about every product known to mankind. So once the world economy stabilizes, India will again become a magnet for foreign capital flows, an India that will be 20% cheaper to enter than it was in October 2011.

We see a world in which every major country will try to lower its currency to make itself more competitive. India will not have to try. By sheer dumb luck, India has already achieved in a free market manner what others will try to achieve via government policies. And so India might have the pole position when the race begins for the new growth phase.

This is the silver lining we see in today's dark cloud that dominates India's economic sky.  


Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter


The 10 Most Popular Articles in 2011



Below are this Blog's 10 Most Popular Articles in 2011 (in terms of viewer hits).
 

1. The Karna-Arjun Battle in The Maha-Bharat - Beyond Adjectives - September 20, 2008 - This is by far the most popular article since the inception of this Blog.
 

2. Gandhi vs. Lelyveld - Are Editors of Washington Post and New York Times Biased Against Hindu Ethos?
- April 16, 2011  - This is the 3rd most popular article since the inception of this Blog.


3. New York Times vs. Washington Post - II - August 2, 2008


4. Cultural & Religious Defamation Tacitly Accepted By New York Times Editors? - January 23, 2010


5.
Tajikistan Cedes Land to China - A Step Towards Af-Kash-Bet?
- January 15, 2011 - This is the 7th most popular article since the inception of this Blog.


6. Article by Gurcharan Das in the  Wall Street Journal - Glimpse Into How Brainwashed "Elite" Indians Have become? - October 23, 2010


7. Attock - If you have not heard of Attock, Read this Article - August 9, 2008



8. Interesting Videoclips of the Week (September 13 - September 18) - September 19, 2010


9.
Another Flagrant Mischaracterization of Indian History by a Financial Times Writer? - Journalistic Negligence, Misconduct or Sheer Anti-Indian Prejudice? - May 29, 2010


10. Bahrain - Start of the Real Battle in the Middle East? - February 19, 2011




Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com
OR @ MacroViewpoints on Twitter

Macro Viewpoints 2011 Awards for Financial Guests, Shows & Anchors



This is the Third Year of Macro Viewpoints Awards. We began these awards in 2009 from a Viewer’s perspective, that of an Individual Investor Viewer. Investing, in our judgment, is the second most important task for an individual, for a family. Earning a paycheck is and will always be the first. But, these days paychecks are neither big nor growing. So families have to invest more and more for the proverbial rainy day, for children’s education and for retirement.

Individual investors don’t have many places to turn to for advice. Brokerage firm advice is flawed, biased and has become a sales tool for fee generation. So the only place left for supposedly unbiased advice is Financial Television. Networks like Bloomberg TV, CNBC & Fox Business have the opportunity, the challenge and the mission to help with hopefully unbiased and straight talk about turbulent and troubled financial markets.

Our annual awards were established to acknowledge and highlight the best we saw on Financial TV during the year. Our standards are as rigid as they are elastic, just as they were last year:
  • We like “expert” Guests, TV Anchors or TV Shows IF they make us money or at least IF we would have made money had we listening to them. In this context, we include “not losing money” or “saving capital” in our definition of making money. We like them more if they reveal an insight we would not have observed ourselves. And we adore Simplicity.

Our prior winners for the Most Useful Financial Guest Award are:

  • David Tepper – 2010
  • Meredith Whitney – 2009

Frankly, these two were in a zone in their respective years. It is hard to stay in a zone in any business. It is especially difficult to do so in the complex, turbulent, ever changing investing game. Take Meredith Whitney. She was prescient in 2009 but blew up in 2011 with her Muni defaults call.

Our prior winners for the Most Useful Financial Show Award are:

  • CNBC Fast Money - 2010
  • CNBC Squawk Box - 2009
The 2010 winner kept up its performance in 2011 but the 2009 winner essentially skidded off the road.

So who are the Macro Viewpoints winners for 2011? 

 

I. Most Useful Financial Guest of 2011

The simplest way to make the most money is to be invested in the best performing asset class and to avoid the worst performing asset class. Like anything truly simple, this is profoundly difficult to achieve. That is why, the investment fee-collectors (sometimes known as long only managers) came up with the enticing buy & hold sales pitch to lull individual investors into complacency.

This year, the best performing asset class has been US Treasuries. So it stands to reason the most useful guest should be one who told you early and clearly  to buy Treasuries. That guest is Jeffrey Gundlach of Doubleline. Mr. Gundlach not only told viewers to buy Treasuries but he also told viewers to stay out of financial stocks, especially Bank of America. His predictions about Europe were prescient.

Look at his performance as a guest on FinTV:

  • Friday January 14 in a Bloomberg phone interview – "If we break to lower yields thanks to weak economic data, then we should see a pretty good rally in the 10-year…As this correction to the downside is unfolding in the weeks ahead, Treasuries will be the best performer..."
  • Wednesday, January 19 on CNBC Strategy Session - "High yields are at the richest level in history vs Treasuries."
  • Wednesday March 9 on CNBC Strategy Session – "It is time to ring the register in risk assets…the US is a debt-clogged economy, credit card debt & public debts have been rung up and deflation is always around the corner...I think in the short term, meaning from now until labor day, we are going to make the most money in long term government bonds....Emerging Market Equities are topped out in a very convincing way..." .
  • Tuesday, May 24 on CNBC Strategy Session – "I kinda think we are looking at some sort of echo of the credit crisis coming up here. That's what I am afraid of.... I really do believe that we are looking at the beginning of a repricing lower in risk assets..."
  • Thursday, June 30 on CNBC Strategy Session – "I still look for further markdowns in credit...we are holding cash in anticipation of cheaper prices in credit……"
  • Monday August 8 on CNBC Strategy Session – "I just think the [US] downgrade is outright silly…I hate Bank of America ..It’s a freight train…Get off the tracks. The momentum towards lower prices of Banks is overpowering at this point. BofA – don’t own stock and their bonds…"
  • Tuesday October 4 on CNBC Strategy Session – "...high yield bonds were two standard deviations rich... in March-April and now you are one & half standard deviations cheap…you should not sell bonds to buy equities ever...there is a huge loss emanating out of Europe …means avoid Europe , avoid banks…no investments there at all..."

In summary, Jeffrey Gundlach told viewers to sell high yield bonds and buy Treasuries, sell risk assets, sell or short Bank of America, avoid Europe and Banks. This man has been in a zone all year. Anyone who followed his advise had a good investing year. 

So we present
the Macro Viewpoints Most Useful Financial Guest of 2011 Award to Jeffrey Gundlach.  

 

II. Most Useful Financial Show of 2011

Posthumous awards are celebrated in the military. Extraordinary bravery is sometimes exemplified by the ultimate sacrifice by a soldier. But posthumous awards are very uncommon in non-military arenas. So we might be making new tracks in FinTV with this award. Our standards for this award are firm:
  • Add the most money-making value to viewers,
  • Provide insight that is not readily available elsewhere, 
  • Keep it simple & profound.
On this basis and despite the cancellation of the show by CNBC, we present the Macro Viewpoints Most Useful Financial Show of 2011 Award to CNBC Strategy Session.

No other show consistently performed to these high standards this year. Others may disagree. In fact, CNBC Fast Money, the 2010 winner, might argue that they did this too. And they might be right to an extent. But CNBC Fast Money has a narrow mission and a narrow time horizon. What they tell you on one day becomes obsolete in a couple of weeks and this year, even in a couple of days.

In contrast, the investments of most individual investors are Slow Money and their investment horizon is medium term. For such viewers, for such monies, CNBC Strategy Session did a heroic job in 2011. Look at the evidence:

  • Content - Guests: Jeffrey Gundlach won the Macro Viewpoints Most Useful Guest of 2011 Award. His recommendations were simple and profound. Kyle Bass, another regular guest, provided insight about the European Debt Crisis better than just about any other guest on FinTV. The show brought in smart and relatively new guests like Steven Walsh who discussed the broken state of major bond markets. David Faber, the show's co-anchor, made it his mission to bring in veteran investment guests that are not ordinarily seen on FinTV.
  • Content - Topics: The show made it a point to discuss markets like Municipal Bonds, High Yield Bonds as well as a broader range of investment themes. This was a major departure from Old CNBC which was all about which mutual funds or stocks to buy and hold for ever. David Faber and Gary Kaminsky, the co-anchors, made it their mission to differentiate the show by its content.
  • Making Money for Viewers: Gary Kaminsky gave very valuable and timely advice to individual investors. He made it a point to focus on the need for income of American Families and how that should become a secular investment theme. He stood up and told viewers to buy Municipal bonds during a vicious sell-off in the first quarter. That sell-off was partly due to a vociferous call by Meredith Whitney about massive defaults to come in the muni space. Kaminksy vehemently disagreed and told viewers why. His public stand was a courageous call, not the type FinTV anchors make or get right. Viewers who listened to Gary Kaminsky are probably in a festive mood right now. This was simple, direct stuff, the sort that later gets to be called profound.
As we said before, we cannot think of another show that added so much value this year to slow money, medium term individual viewers. That is why CNBC Strategy Session deserves the Macro Viewpoints Most Useful Financial Show of 2011 Award. And "deserves" got every thing to do with it in our books.  

 

III. Lesson of Strategy Session for all FinTV shows

Skill and content were paramount in the gladiator arenas of Rome. If you were not a skilled warrior, you were killed. The tactical content or the versatility in hand to hand combat was just as critical for survival. But to be really successful, to become so important to the masters that they kept you alive to generate money for them, gladiators needed something much more. What was it?

Remember the famous shout by Maximus Decimus Meridius in the movie Gladiator? After killing an ex-champion in the arena, an ex-champion brought back to kill him, Maximus turned to the crowd and shouted,
  • Are You Not Entertained? 
This was the lesson, his mentor and his slave owner had taught the Spaniard, the name which Maximus carried into the ring. To survive, you got to get the crowd on your side. You own the crowd, you own Rome.

This is an all important lesson for FinTV anchors. We viewers are your crowd. To survive, you must keep our attention. Otherwise, you will lose us. Remember, finance puts most people to sleep. Markets are usually boring. Ideas and investing insight will attract viewers. But to make us regular viewers , you must entertain us. This is the secret of ESPN's success. This is what we have argued for over three years, that Financial Networks need to become EMPNs to remain successful.

CNBC Strategy Session not only forgot this, but looked down on it. Actually, we think, David Faber and Gary Kaminsky detested this concept. They felt they were doing missionary work in educating their "dumb" viewers ("masses" in TV Anchor lingo). Unfortunately, they let their viewers see their smug self-satisfaction about being "intellectual".  It was a big turn-off. And we were scathing in our criticism expressed privately to the show. 

CNBC Management also made a major mistake in placing this show adjacent to CNBC Fast Money Half Time Report. The Fast Money shows are the closest thing to an EMPN show today. The half hour Fast Money show that immediately followed Strategy Session was even faster in tempo than the one hour show at 5 pm.  And self-satisfaction or intellectual "airs" don't stand a chance on Fast Money. Other traders on the show are just waiting to pounce on any such failings.

So, despite all the good it did and all the real value it added, frankly Strategy Session did not stand a chance. Fortunately, the failings of the show were mainly in its presentation. And these are easily fixed. We sincerely hope that CNBC Management does so. There was simply too much good in Strategy Session to let it die.


Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @Macro Viewpoints on Twitter


Bloomberg TV vs. CNBC - Is It the People, the Culture or the Structure?



CNBC is the leader in financial television in terms of longevity, size, presence and reach. No wonder, the network calls itself "First in Business Worldwide". It has become synonymous with financial television in the minds of individual investors.

Bloomberg Television is a good financial network as well. Bloomberg as an organization got its start with the Bloomberg machine, a must for every institutional investor. This virtual monopoly enabled the organization to launch Bloomberg News and Bloomberg Television.

We have made a conscious effort during the past few months to watch both CNBC and Bloomberg TV. There is no doubt that Bloomberg TV is a very good network. They have competent anchors, they focus on financial markets and they interview experts who provide valuable insight. They have the large resources of Bloomberg News to collect and deliver information and insight.

Yet, Bloomberg TV struggles to gain share among individual investor viewers. Why?


Is it the people, the "talent" at Bloomberg TV?


Bloomberg's on-air talent, anchors and reporters, are absolutely professional, knowledgeable and good at their job. There has been migration of talent back and forth between Bloomberg TV & CNBC. And we see no upgrade or downgrade of ability or competence in the transition in either direction.  The expertise and content are similar and equal.

Having said this, there is no mistaking a Bloomberg TV show with a CNBC show. The tone, the tenor is very different. This makes the viewer experience different.

Bloomberg Anchors are professional and interact on air with colleagues politely. CNBC anchors are more free-wheeling. They seem to enjoy gently scoring points against their colleagues.  CNBC's Melissa Lee is always ready to take a jab at her co-anchors. Veteran Joe Kernen has made a career of making fun of his co-anchors and reporters. Russell LeFrak, a real estate billionaire, paid tribute to this style by saying on air that he watches CNBC because of the camaredrie.

You don't see this free-wheeling behavior on Bloomberg TV. The tenor is just more businesslike. Recently, Erik Schatzker tried to add levity by calling his co-anchor Stephanie Ruhle a "credit girl" only to have her come back sharply by calling him "Canada boy". It appeared that Ms. Ruhle was not pleased and Schatzker backed off. The rest of show was a formal financial interview with a hedge fund manager.

This is a problem, we think. On most days, Financial TV is downright boring. Endless talk about markets even moves addicts like us to boredom. The easiest way to keep viewers tuned in is to make your anchors more human and personal. CNBC does a far better job of this than Bloomberg TV. That is why there are more personalities on CNBC than on Bloomberg TV.

So it must be the people, the on-air talent, right? Not so fast, as Coach Corso would say on College Game Day.


Is it the Culture?

We act like Lee Corso because we have seen what happens to anchors when they move between Bloomberg TV and CNBC.  Brian Sullivan, a veteran anchor, was coldly professional at Bloomberg TV. The man has gone haywire on CNBC, or so it seems on many days. He engages reporters, battles with Herb Greenberg and even jousts with Jim Cramer. Most of the times, these histrionics have very little to do with the story at hand.

Before him, came Erin Burnett from Bloomberg TV to CNBC. From what we remember of her at Bloomberg TV, she was focused on the story and nasty in digging for information. She moved to CNBC and remade herself into a Girls Gone Wild act.  She talked shoe-cleavage with Jim Cramer and once challenged her co-anchor Mark Haines to an athletic contest. Both Burnett & Sullivan remained professional and competent in their Fin Anchor roles, but they felt encouraged to exhibit their zanier side on CNBC.

Margaret Brennan moved from CNBC to Bloomberg TV where she anchors a daily two-hour show. She is thoroughly professional, competent and an excellent interviewer of serious guests on important topics. But no one can see her whimsical side, her eccentricities. That is for her Twitter persona which is sharper, more edgy and human. In one tweet-exchange, she made fun of CNBC's Steve Liesman about his habit of shaving at his desk. This Brennan is demonstrably absent on Bloomberg TV. Her TV persona prefers to have long talks with the ever prosaic Al Hunt. Need we say more?

So if anchors can change when they move, it is not people. Is it culture then? Bloomberg is a news organization. The aura is News. Their reporters, anchors are all dedicated to the business of hard news. Like old print journalists, some veteran Bloomberg anchors get stuffy at times with cultivated 'intellectual’ airs. This is also why Bloomberg TV does an excellent job with long and important interviews.

In contrast, when you watch CNBC, the aura is pure TV. They do have their own 'intellectually superior' anchors, but on the whole CNBC anchors enjoy being TV people than journalists. They carry and demonstrate an air of irreverence that comes with TV.

Serious Journalists, by definition, can never carry an irreverent air. They have a sense of mission, a sense of their obligation to inform their uneducated viewers. But this sense of haute oblige tends to be a turnoff on TV. This is why Bloomberg TV sometimes seems stuck in a bygone journalistic era, a sort of a financial PBS if you will.

If simple viewers like us get this difference, surely the highly paid Executives at Bloomberg TV get it too. But getting it and doing something about it are two radically different things. After all, corporate culture starts at the very top of the corporate structure.  


Is it Corporate Structure?


This is not a Harvard Business School case study. We are rather simple-minded viewers. But even we can occasionally get to a logical destination. We see Bloomberg TV trapped within the Bloomberg News organization, within the juggernaut created by the Bloomberg machine. Bloomberg TV inherits its culture from its corporate parent.

In contrast, CNBC is not at all weighed down by NBC news. You rarely see NBC editors being interviewed on CNBC while you routinely see Bloomberg News editors interviewed on Bloomberg TV. Apart from the common letters in their names, there is no visual or content similarity between CNBC and NBC.  CNBC is run as an independent network. This provides CNBC the freedom to be more innovative than Bloomberg TV. This is CNBC's greatest edge, its unique advantage.

It was CNBC that first hired investing professionals like Larry Kudlow and Jim Cramer as anchors. It was CNBC that launched Fast Money, the first ESPN like financial show. They have used the Fast Money format to launch Options Action and Money in Motion to focus on Options and Foreign Currencies. The best tribute to CNBC actually came in the form of a rebuke from CEO guest Jim Tisch who, during a rather unruly Squawk Box show, objected "this is CNBC, not ESPN." 

The most vivid evidence of the difference in the two TV cultures can be seen on their websites. Bloomberg TV doesn't even have its own website. Bloomberg TV shows, Bloomberg Videoclips live as step children within the news-dominated, editor-regulated Bloomberg.Com. Look at it. It is purely a news site. Now look at CNBC.Com. It is purely a TV site.
 

So, in our opinion, if the Bloomberg organization wants Bloomberg TV to compete seriously in the individual viewer space, they need to allow Bloomberg TV to live freely, to breathe its own air. The first step, an inexpensive initial step, would be to let Bloomberg TV create its own web identity, a website that fits a Television network, - a network that understands it needs to entertain while it provides information.



Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @MacroViewpoints on Twitter


Interesting Videoclips of the Week (December 19 - December 23, 2011)


Editor's Note:  In this series of articles, we include important or interesting videoclips with our comments. This is an article that expresses our personal opinions about comments made on Television and in Print. It is NOT intended to provide any investment advice of any type whatsoever.  No one should base any investing decisions or conclusions based on anything written in or inferred from this article. Investing is a serious matter and all investment decisions should only be taken after a detailed discussion with your investment advisor and should be subject to your objectives, suitability requirements and risk tolerances.


1. The U.S. Stock Market

This week, our summary will be rather short. Frankly, the only reason for this summary is to provide an update about the Santa Claus rally. The Dow, S&P, NDX all rallied by 3.6% this week. The S&P also closed above its 200-day moving average in the final spurt on Friday.

The outlier was BKX, the Bank index, that rallied by 6%. That must mean Europe was benign this week. For once, Europe surprised on the upside with the first LTRO. The other surprise on the upside was the vacation of Angela Merkel.

A week ago, we wondered:
  • This week, our featured clips are all mega bearish. Will this prove to be another contrary signal for the stock market next week? 
And so it was.


2. Technician Calls on the S&P 500


This week, Tom DeMark appeared on Bloomberg TV (see clip 1 below) to defend his forecast of December 5 about a rally to 1313-1340 in 8 trading days (See clip 4 of our Videoclips of December 5-December 9, 2011). This is noteworthy in itself. Rarely does a pandit come on air to discuss his forecast when it is not working. It is also rare for a FinTV Anchor to keep updating the predictions of the pandit on Tweeter and then invite the pandit on his show to challenge him. Kudos to both Tom DeMark and Adam Johnson of Bloomberg TV.  Following the interview, Adam Johnson tweeted the summary:
  • Tom DeMark: $SPX will likely trade thru 10/27 high of 1284 next 7-8 days and then top out 1313-1340. Caveat: if no 1284 by 12/31 problem.
Mr. DeMark also made the following comment that suggests caution ahead (see clip1 below):
  • VXO is what we really concentrate upon, it is getting very close to a bottom..two more lower closes in that volatility index, could identify a bottom and typically anywhere from 2-7 days later, the markets top
Mr. DeMark made this comment at around 3:20 pm on Thursday. The VXO closed down on both Thursday and Friday. So the requirement of "two more lower closes" in VXO has been met, we think.  If the stock markets tops out in 2-7 more days, then Mr. DeMark and his host Adam Johnson will have rendered valuable service to Bloomberg TV's viewers.

Mr. DeMark was more humble and circumspect on this Thursday unlike in his appearance on December 5. Is humility a better prognosticator of reliability? We shall find out together.

Mr. DeMark's suggestion of a potential market top was somewhat shared by @ElliottForecast, which tweeted the following on Friday morning at around 10:40 am:
  • we see a market possible tending a Trap
As Lawrence McMillan forecast last week, the oversold condition ended up producing a short term rally. he warned on Wednesday that Tuesday's rally had converted the oversold condition into an overbought condition. What does he say about next week?
  • The $SPX chart is confined by two trend lines. A breakout through either trend line should propel a sizable move in the same direction. Currently, the breadth indicators are on buy signals. $VIX has been divergently bullish for some time now. ... In summary, the test of resistance is taking place now. We should know fairly soon whether or not it is successful. If so, bullish positions can be taken.
His charts can be viewed at Option Strategist

Note however, Mr. McMillan's 2012 Market Forecast is very different and strongly worded:
  • ...We still expect a bear market to unfold - one that will be far more severe than what we've seen in the last few months (although perhaps not so volatile). It is likely that the next bear market will take out the 2009 lows, thereby souring an entire generation (or two) on stock ownership for much of their lives - as it happened with investors in the 1930's.
Like some other technicians, Mr. McMillan is looking at comparisons between the current market and the 1937-1942 market.

We must hasten to add that the vast majority of "expert guests" on FinTV this week spoke glowingly of a big rally next week. They also predicted that stocks are the best place to be and Treasuries need to be sold or shorted. In other words, the same forecasts that pervaded FinTV in December 2010 and December 2009. They also suggested concentrating on high dividend paying stocks. Only a couple of brave contrarians like Steve Cortzez of CNBC Fast Money advised viewers to get out of high dividend paying stocks because it had become an extremely crowded trade.

3. Emerging Markets 

A week ago, Michael Hartnett of BAC-Merrill Lynch wrote:
  • Meanwhile, global long-only equity redemptions of $23bn in past 5 weeks means we move very close to a "buy" signal for equities.
This week, he announced "Buy-signal triggered":
  • Our trading rule us flashing a tactical "buy" signal....Our backtesting shows that MSCI ACWI, on average, rallies 6% in the subsequent 3-4 weeks.....The rule last gave a "buy" signal on Aug 9, 2011, coinciding with the first trough in global equities after big 16% sell-off in Jul-Aug. ACWI rallied 4% in the subsequent 3 weeks before taking another leg down to the Oct 4 trough.
But, strangely, his EM trading rule is not a Buy.
  • EM saw big $4.3bn outflows (6 straight weeks of outflows and strongest since Aug'11); alas our EM trading rule remains in neutral territory 


4. Interest Rates

Just as stocks rallied by 3.5%, TLT, the Treasury ETF, fell by 3.5% this week. The yields on the 30-year and the 10-year rose by 20bps and 17bps resp. to close at 3.06% and 2.02%.

We urge readers to read the article The ugly side of ultra-cheap money by Bill Gross in the financial times on December 21. This article begins with:
  • Ultra low, zero-bounded central bank policy rates might in fact de-lever instead of relever the financial system, creating contraction instead of expansion in the real economy. Just as Newtonian physics breaks down and Einsteinian concepts prevail at the speed of light, so too might easy money policies fail to stimulate at the zero bound.
The article ends with:
  • Fed chairman Ben Bernanke blames policy rate increases in the midst of the 1930s for an economic relapse, and a lack of credit expansion for Japan’s lost decades 60 years later. But all central banks should commonsensically question whether ultra-cheap money continually creates expansions as opposed to destroying liquidity, delevering and obstructing recovery. Gresham as opposed to Keynes may become the applicable economist of this new day.
The next day, the Financial Times published the views of Jeffrey Gundlach in the article titled US bond manager fears debt 'crescendo'. The article describes his concept of Twin Towers of Risk that he articulated in his CNBC interview on October 13 (see clip 2 of our article Videoclips of October 10 - October 14, 2011). He answers the bond bears who expect inflation and much higher yields:
  • People who are looking for an explosion in bond yields on a better economy are thinking that somehow the world is still in 1995, where we have moderate economic growth, low inflation, stable tax policy and people getting along.

5. Europe

For once, Europe gave us a break. That in itself might explain the rally in US financials this week. Next week may not be so news-light with European auctions. Then Angela Merkel returns the following week.

Both Bill Gross and Jeff Gundlach agree that the European accord was hardly worth the paper on which it was written. Bill Gross tweeted his disgust, while Jeff Gundlach told the Financial Times how he felt:
  • It [the Euro] was the most heroic example of co-operation but the co-operation was on paper and it was lip service, because the countries started to violate the requirements – the fiscal requirements – of their own treaty almost immediately.
He expects the European sovereign debt crisis to reach a "crescendo" next year. In the FT article, Jeff Gundlach invokes the favorite dictum of Kyle Bass of Hayman Capital.

In contrast, Jim Rickards wondererd if Kyle Bass had lost his reading glasses. Mr. Rickards, author of the national best seller Currency Wars, appeared on Bloomberg's Money Moves on Thursday. He had tweeted earlier that the recent European agreement was far more than what the US Congress had dared to contemplate. Below is the summary of his opinions:
  •  He thinks the next currency crisis will hit the British Pound due to massive money printing by Britain. Britain is isolated and has no gold.
  •  He is positive on the Euro and on Gold. He thinks by the end of the first quarter of 2012, Deflation will be a reality in Europe. This will move the ECB to print money because deflation violates its mandate of price stability. But Europe has 10,000 tons of gold and so the Euro would be fine. Gold will of course be the big beneficiary.
  • He thinks China is in trouble and would set the peg at a lower level to the dollar. This, he thinks, will be the trigger for the US Fed to launch QE3.
  • He thinks the US is in a depression which began in 2007 and will last until 2014. But the US is the Saudi Arabia of Gold and so the US $ will be OK.
For a completely different analysis, see clip 2 below.



Featured Videoclips:
  1. Tom DeMark on Bloomberg TV's Street Smart on Thursday, December 22
  2. Megan Greene on CMC Markets on Monday, December 19
  3. Robert Shiller on The Motley Fool on Friday, December 23



1. Better Rally by 12/31 or else - Tom DeMark with Bloomberg's Adam Johnson - Thursday, December 22

Kudos again to both Tom DeMark and Bloomberg TV's Adam Johnson for this follow up segment, the 3rd in the past few weeks. A summary of this entire interview was provided by Adam Johnson in his tweet on Friday afternoon:
  • Tom DeMark - $SPX will likely trade through 10/27 high of 1284 next 7-8 days and then top out 1313-1340. Caveat : if no 1284 by 12/31 problem
Adam Johnson opened the segment with a direct question:
  • Johnson - Two weeks ago, you came on on air and said you need to buy S&P 500. It is going higher - 1313-1340.  You also thought it was going to happen by 12/21, yesterday. Didn't happen. What do you think about the S&P right now?
  • DeMark - Its difficult..it is difficult to define when a particular top or bottom is going to occur unless you use a model and the model we use has not spoken unfortunately. It is still directing us to the upside. We are currently at the same price level we were on the December 5th day and the market still looks like it could go higher...If someone were perfect, then obviously the business would be no fun.
  • Johnson - As I recall, you were trying to extrapolate - you had said the previous 3 upwards moves in the S&P were 17-21 days and based upon your model, you thought that December 21st would be the peak. You were extrapolating, is that right?
  • DeMark - that's right. Just for simplicity's sake, the rally of the August 9th low was 16 trading days, the rally off the October low was 17 trading days, so just for simplicity's sake, I said this one would probably be 17 days = December 21. Actually, you got the seasonal pull through the first week in January..you got a lot of other factors that hinted the market should go higher and it has. Usually when a market makes a top as it did back in first week in December, it does correct less than 5.56%, and rallies again. Typically, that peak is taken out and our models are still telling us the upside the direction to follow the market.
  • Johnson - you have also made the comment to me that we have to get through the high from October 27th, I believe it was 1284, and then you believe you are looking for 4-5 successively higher closes - that is still part of your thinking?
  • DeMark - Still active - what I am looking for - there is some confusion from prior two times I was on the air - the October 27th high close is very critical, once we exceed that..if we do that October 27th..close, we must record 3 successively higher closes and that will fulfill the requirements of our model to identify the market top - it is the same model we used for the August 9th low and the October 4th low, it might possibly be 4 closes but we are running against the beat the clock right now..I think we got may be 8 more days, the VXO is what we really concentrate upon, it is getting very close to a bottom..two more lower closes in that volatility index, could identify a bottom and typically anywhere from 2-7 days later, the markets top...so by the end of the first week of January, we should have accomplished what I am looking for..which is 3 successively higher closes over that October 27th close ..
What happens if the market does NOT go higher than the October 27th close by the first week of January? Bloomberg provided an update on Friday afternoon:
  • The latest forecast will expire by the end of the first week of January if it doesn’t come true, Market Studies’s Roderick E. Bentley said in an e-mail. 
At this point, Adam Johnson changed the topic and began discussing the applicability of the DeMark model to Jobless Claims:
  • DeMark - I tell you, it doesn't look good. We have applied our model which are called Sequential and Combo, for primarily the markets, but also for have applications for economic indicators as well as politics..If you apply our model to the jobless indicator, you can see in 2006 it was a low bid and subsequently the jobless claims went up.. it peaked in 2009 and the market bottomed...currently we are at a low again, that doesn't bode well for the market....
At this point Adam Johnson gives Tom DeMark credit for predicting the Gingrich-Romney tussle using Intrade charts. Mr. DeMark said:
  • We called the Gingrich top and we called the Romney bottom...it was the right to the day when the thirteens (model rank)  appeared...we are as surprised as most people are; the indicators do have some validation when they are applied to trends such as the popularity of a public politician...

 
2. Full Fiscal Union or Breakup of the Euro - Megan Greene of RGE with Michael Hewson of CMC Markets (21:20 minute clip) - Monday, December 19

We were alerted to this video by a tweet from Doug Kass in which he gave a shoutout to Zero Hedge for posting it. We thank both Zero Hedge and Doug Kass. This 21 minute clip is what Michael Hewson of CMC Markets calls his "brief chat" with Megan Greene of Roubini Global Economics. 


Find some time during this holiday season and watch this clip in its entirety. Mimicking the "brief chat" understatement of Mr. Hewson, we include a "few" excerpts below:
  • It's not at all a debt crisis any more, it started off as a public debt crisis in Greece and a private debt crisis in Spain & Ireland, a bit of both in Portugal. But it has moved way beyond that by now. It is not just a debt crisis, it is a financial crisis, a political crisis. You have a banking crisis with the Sovereigns having to prop up all the banks. So there is a sovereign-banking negative feedback loop we see. It is impossible to break that unless you address both sides and you cannot do that unless you have political unity. But of course, you have a political crisis as well. It is very difficult to draw a line under this Eurozone crisis.
  • The announcements they made at the Euro summit in theory kinda address the short, medium and long term nature of the crisis.
    • So in the short term, they announced IMF funding from the national central banks that can be used for a big bailout of Italy and Spain.
    • In the medium term they announced they would accelerate the ESM next year from 2013 and
    • in the long term they talk about some treaty changes. But fundamentally, none of these measures actually draws a line under the crisis.
  • For the IMF bazooka for Italy and Spain, we could cobble together about 600-700 billion euros and that's enough to take Italy and Spain out of the markets for about a year and quarter, may be year and half....Some of it will come from the IMF possibly from national central banks lending to the IMF, some of it will come from the EFSF, there is 250 billion left over that has not been earmarked, and some of it will probably come from the ECB in terms of its continuing securities market purchase program. So using these different sources, you could cobble together around 600-700 billion euros.
  • It would be stretching it but it wouldn't actually really help. It would kinda  delay the inevitable. So Spain and Italy both have new governments and immediately they have to implement austerity measures. And they also have to implement structural reforms.
    • And in the short term, the austerity measures would just undermine growth.
    • In the medium to long term, the structural reforms would help. But it would take a number of years for them to start supporting growth. So by mid 2013 at the latest, when Spain and Italy have to return to the markets, their debt dynamics are going to look even worse because their GDP would have fallen by then.  So when they have to return to the markets, I don't think investors will be anymore willing to hold their debt than they are now.
    • So a debt restructuring is probably inevitable for both countries. But they have managed to do what they do best which is to kick the can a bit further down the road.
  • Greece - The tipping point is either the Troika says you have missed the targets so many times, we are not willing to lend more money to Greece or whether it is the Greece government or the Greek people say we can't do this anymore. I think ultimately EU leaders have said that Greece is a special case, it is really going to be a model of how we deal with weaker countries in the Eurozone, and ultimately Greek government will face a choice in terms of its growth strategy -
    • it can either continue down this road of austerity and recession/depression to regain competitiveness which will take about a decade for Greece probably and finally return to growth or
    • it should leave the Eurozone, reissue the drachma, see a depreciation massively, regain competitiveness and return to growth -
  • Argentina Parallel - that's not say that leaving the Eurozone is an easy choice, it will be messy and painful, but if you look at kinda the nuclear case of Argentina, the worst case scenario, Argentina defaulted and gave up the dollar peg, it returned to growth within months. It is a much faster route to growth and given that choice most weaker Eurozone governments will probably choose to leave the Eurozone.
  • EU Fiscal Compact - The idea of the fiscal compact is that it is meant to be the first step towards eventual fiscal union and I think the fiscal union and Eurobonds are potentially the only game changers left in this crisis. And these are supposed to be the first steps but they are not actually fiscal union. All the fiscal compact really does is institutionalize the asymmetric adjustment going on in the Eurozone whereby it is the peripheral countries that are having to make all of the adjustments with retrenchments while the core countries don't make any adjustments at all. Gemany has been really insistent that fiscal union happen a certain way, that there is political union first and pooling of assets and finally pooling of liabilities, with Eurobonds and I think this is the right way to go about it but they needed to have started that process about years ago and now we are in middle of a crisis and they need to do things differently.
  • LTRO - It doesn't deal with the problem at all. In fact, it exacerbates it, a terrifying prospect in my view. Because then you are just strengthening this banking-sovereign debt feedback loop - banks borrowing at the ECB to buy more sovereign debt-  that just makes it worse. At the end of the day, if you see cascading defaults, it will be that much messier. I am not convinced the banks will actually do that. I have spoken to a lot of banks and it seems that actually they are not interested in same sort of carry trade that they previously carried out using cheap ECB financing of sovereign debt.
  • Germany - yeah, we will continue to lurch from mini-crisis to mini-crisis in this greater crisis. Unfortunately, fiscal union as I said is the only game changer and I don't think there is the political will to achieve that. I mean for there to be true fiscal union, Germany would have unlimited fiscal transfers to the weaker countries for ever. and I don't think the German government or the German people will ever be willing to accept that. I think fundamentally it will come down to the question of growth and growth is the one thing that no one has done anything to deal with.
  • ECB - For the ECB to do the "right thing", they would have to step in with unlimited, unsterilized fashion for ever. If it did anything short of that, if it did in a limited way, it would basically create the equivalent of a bank run in the bond market. All of a sudden, these investors who have been trying to get rid of this debt will see there is finally a big buyer and will line up to dump what they are holding. I think the ECB could actually exacerbate things if it stepped in a limited way. And I don't think there is any chance that the ECB will step in an unlimited way.
  • Binary SolutionFull Fiscal Union or Break up of the Euro -
    • the first country that will leave the Eurozone will be Greece, possibly as early as end of next year, they will still be running a primary deficit, I think, basically it will be like a divorce. The Troika and Greece will admit this wasn't really meant to be and I think because Greece is running a primary deficit, Greece will be frozen out of the markets if it leaves the Eurozone. The Troika will provide some kind of bridge financing to facilitate Greece's exit from the Eurozone. So, I think there is a chance it could be done in  a negotiated orderly way - like a Marshall plan for Greece - there are a lot of triggers that could switch it from orderly to disorderly - certainly events could supercede best intentions, it is possible... but I think it is in everybody's best interests to have a default and exit be as orderly as possible. So I think they will probably deal with it that way..
    • Greece will become kind of a model for weaker countries. So I think Portugal won't be too far behind, and probably Ireland will end up going down the same route even thought it doesn't have to but it might choose to if no one is making their creditors whole then why would Ireland?
    • And I think Italy and Spain are the really the big question. Ultimately, it is the same decision and it will be much more difficult to make the exit of Italy and Spain more orderly but they will definitely try. Once you have Italy and Spain leaving the euro, there is essentially no Eurozone left. and at the end of the day, monetary union is really a political choice and so if you have that many countries dropping out there will be the political will to keep this euro project running any longer.
  • Growth in Europe - there is a laundry list of things that need to happen for this recession to bottom out next year and growth to return..
    • the ECB needs to cut rates really aggressively close to zero,
    • it needs to provide quantitative easing and credit easing, it needs to talk down the euro massively, that it depreciates to parity with the dollar, and
    • the core countries need to provide fiscal stimulus for the peripheral countries.. the probability of each one of these things happening is pretty low and I will give you two main examples...
  • Euro Depreciation - in terms of the Euro depreciating massively, I don't think either the US or China would allow that actually - every body now is trying to weaken their currency and so I don't think it is possible for that to happen and also you look at as things get better in the euro zone, then the Euro appreciates ..it depreciates as things get bad, it is impossible to engineer it so that things are getting better as the euro depreciates,
  • Fiscal Stimulus from the Core - I recently attended a conference with a bunch of German CDU MPs and they had an entire panel session on austerity and Germany and I finally asked why are we talking about austerity why aren't we talking about stimulus package and they looked at me as if I had 20 heads, - absolutely not on the table whatsoever...
  • German Bundesbank - if you walk into the Bundesbank, there is a trillion reichsmark note that is framed in the lobby - its a social memory at this point - but I think it is a very powerful one... but also there is a question of wage growth in Germany which if you look at the past decade, real wages really haven't risen in Germany - it has been really flat - whereas they have risen quite significantly in the rest of the Eurozone  country - so if Germany were to all of a sudden  be in favor of the ECB stepping in as a lender of last resort the Government would have to admit to its population - look you went through flat real wages for a decade which was really all for nothing...
This is probably the most detailed and understated discussion of the European mess we have heard.



3. House Prices may Decline for 30 years in Real Terms - Robert Shiller on Motley Fool - Friday, December 23

Robert Shiller is probably the best student and scholar of the American Housing market. Every time we listen to him, we learn something new, something important.

In this gem of an interview, Professor Shiller puts forth a view that would have gotten him burnt at the stake for sheer blasphemy a couple of hundred years ago. We speak of course about the prevailing American religion for the past 50 years or so - the deep and abiding faith that housing is a good long term investment.

Read what America's foremost expert on housing told Morgan House of The Motley Fool.
  • Robert Shiller - The housing boom in the early 2000s was driven by a sense that housing is a wonderful investment. And it was not informed by good history. If you look at the history of the housing market and I have taken it back to 1890, it hasn't been a good provider of capital gains - it is a provider of housing services, that's not exactly like a dividend,.... and so whether that is good or not depends on what you want - but capital gains is more of an investment aspect of housing and capital gains have not even been positive. From 1890 to 1990, real inflation directed home prices were virtually unchanged.
  • Morgan House - So is that what they [homeowners] should expect going forward that their house will be giving them a place to live, it will keep up with inflation and nothing else? Is that the basic model that homeowners should think about?
  • Robert Shiller - I think it is a reasonable first approximation to assume that home prices will just keep up with inflation. There is concerns that they will do something different and people are very focused on the possibility that there will be another boom which is possible. Over the ten years of one's ownership of a home, it is very hard to say what they will do. But I think we should also consider the possibility that home prices will decline in real terms over the next few decades. Why is that? well, you have to reflect on the fact that it has done it before. Home prices declined for the first half of the 20th century in real terms.
  • Robert Shiller - Economists discussed that back then - Why are they going down? The conclusion, if there was any consensus in say 1950, was, as I interpret what  have read, of course home prices go down, there are technical progress, they are a manufactured goods, back in 1900, homes were hand made, you know, craftsman, now in 1950, we have all kinds of power tools and prefab and they are just better in 1950 than they were in 1900 and so of course home prices go down...and from that frame of reference, that is exactly what we should expect too.  It is just a manufactured good and progress is always happening. On top of that progress, there is the outmoding, the out of style factor.
  • Robert Shiller - So what kinds of houses would they be building in 20 years? They may have lots of new amenities, computerized something, in some way that we can't anticipate now. People won't want these old homes. So the idea that buying a home is such a great idea is just wrong. They may very well decline in the next 30 years in real terms.
The house, our home as just a manufactured good! - Think about it.


Send your feedback to editor@macroviewpoints.com OR @Macro Viewpoints on Twitter


Blog Software